copying at91bootstrap and uboot binaries to sdcard image is done
based on device name instead of dts name and this avoids creating
multiple u-boot and at91bootstrap binaries.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
In typical OpenWrt setups, there are no other users that have a shell spawned for them by default.
This can be overriden by the kernel.dmesg_output syssctl.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
sama5d2 & samad4 have neon feature and sama5d3 does not have neon
feature due to which sama5d3 boot fails with error message Kernel
panic - not syncing: Attempted to kill init! exitcode=0x00000004.
removing neon & VFPv4 support to fix this
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
when external kernel is selected from menuconfig, device wb50n is not
avaliable and build fails. As a fix adding checks for external kernel.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Kernel support already present.
Patch adds userspace for the 'iLS' suffix model of the RB2011 family.
Enables correct initial switch settings, sysupgrade, etc.
https://mikrotik.com/product/RB2011iLS-IN
Signed-off-by: Simon Paterson <simon.paterson.nz@gmail.com>
The harden branch predictor was backported for arm64 with 4.9.92-96.
Fixes: 9aa196e0f2 ("kernel: bump 4.9 to bump 4.9.96")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This is mainly a bug fix for multi-core MIPS systems where L1 caches besides the primary do not get flushed.
The most obvious problem is data corruption on SATA and USB devices where read requests are typically larger than the cacheline size.
This may also fix ar71xx systems that suffer from similar data corruption but I have not tested if it does.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Some Ubiquiti U-boot versions, in particular the "U-Boot 1.1.4.2-s956
(Jun 10 2015 - 10:54:50)" found with AirOS 5.6, do not correctly flush the
caches for the whole kernel address range after decompressing the kernel
image, leading to hard to debug boot failures, depending on kernel version
and configuration.
As a workaround, prepend the relocate-kernels loader, which will invalidate
the caches after moving the kernel to the correct load address.
Reported-by: Andreas Ziegler <dev@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
There is no pinmux group "jtag" for mt7628 and the pinmux driver fails
to load due to the use of the not existing group.
Fixes: FS#1515
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The old DTB method (OWRTDTB) is not recognized by the boot process
anymore with 4.9/4.14.
This patch reuses KERNEL_DTB to get a valid DTB applied to the kernel
image.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Wolf <github-NTEO@vplace.de>
The current option driver binds to the usb interface 2,3,4,5.
But the interface 4 and 5 doesn't answer to the AT commands.
On the new openwrt configuration the wwan script select the 5th
interface as control interface, failing to establish the
3G connection.
Backport the fix for the problem.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
* QCA IPQ4019
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (s25fl256s1)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=20,variant=OM-A62
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 36-64)
- QCA9888 hw2.0 (PCI)
- requires special BDF in QCA9888/hw2.0/board-2.bin
bus=pci,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=OM-A62
* 2T2R 5 GHz (channel 100-165)
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=21,variant=OM-A62
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x button (reset; kmod-input-gpio-keys compatible)
* external watchdog
- triggered GPIO
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio3:
+ Label: Ethernet 1
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ 802.3at POE+
- phy@mdio4:
+ Label: Ethernet 2
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
+ 18-24V passive POE (mode B)
* powered only via POE
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
The initramfs image can be started using
setenv bootargs 'loglevel=8 earlycon=msm_serial_dm,0x78af000 console=ttyMSM0,115200 mtdparts=spi0.0:256k(0:SBL1),128k(0:MIBIB),384k(0:QSEE),64k(0:CDT),64k(0:DDRPARAMS),64k(0:APPSBLENV),512k(0:APPSBL),64k(0:ART),64k(0:custom),64k(0:KEYS),15552k(inactive),15552k(inactive2)'
tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-openmesh_a62-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
set fdt_high 0x85000000
bootm 0x84000000
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The pinctrl initialization fails with the MSM pinctrl code and gpio-hogs
because either the gpio ranges are not yet initialized (missing gpio-range
in DT) or that the msm driver unconditionally tries to re-initializes the
ranges (gpio-range in DT).
To allow gpio-hogs and similar early-boot gpio code, the gpio-ranges must
be in the device tree and the pinctrl-msm code must check whether the range
was already initialized by the DT.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
[drop changes to unrelated dtsi files, refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The BDFs for all boards were upstreamed to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-04-19.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
These devices have only one ethernet port. It doesn't make sense to
expose the unused GMACs as separate network devices.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hebb <tommyhebb@gmail.com>
The tz and smem reserved-memory information handled in the upstream Linux
sources by the SoC specific dtsi and not by the the boards dts. Using the
same approach in OpenWrt avoids unneccessary duplication.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The reserved-memory regions are mostly undocumented by QCA and are named
very unspecific in the QSDK device trees. It was tried to clean them up by
commit 71ed9f10a3 ("ipq40xx: Use detailed reserved memory for A42") and
similar changes.
The features which require these regions were mostly unknown but
Senthilkumar N L <snlakshm@qti.qualcomm.com> and Sricharan Ramabadhran
<srichara@qti.qualcomm.com> provided some more insight in some of them:
* crash dump feature
- a couple of regions used when 'qca,scm_restart_reason' dt node has the
value 'dload_status' not set to 1
+ apps_bl <0x87000000 0x400000>
+ sbl <0x87400000 0x100000>
+ cnss_debug <0x87400000 0x100000>
+ cpu_context_dump <0x87b00000 0x080000>
- required driver not available in Linux
- safe to remove
* QSEE app execution
- region tz_apps <0x87b80000 0x280000>
- required driver not available in Linux
- safe to remove
* communication with TZ/QSEE
- region smem <0x87b80000 0x280000>
- driver changes not yet upstreamed
- must not be removed because any access can crash kernel/program
* trustzone (QSEE) private memory
- region tz <0x87e80000 0x180000>
- must not be removed because any access can crash kernel/program
Removing the unnecessary regions saves some kilobyte of reserved-memory and
cleans up the device tree:
* 2560 KiB
- 8devices Jalapeno
- AVM FRITZ!Box 4040
- Compex WPJ428
- Meraki MR33 Access Point
- OpenMesh A42
* 14336 KiB
- GL.iNet GL-B1300
- Qualcomm Technologies, Inc. IPQ40xx/AP-DK01.1-C1
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Merge the two existing functions and use a parameter for the type
header field.
It updates the syntax of the former mpc85xx fake ramdisk header
command to be compatible with mkimage from u-boot 2018.03 and fixes the
build error spotted by the build bot.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit 5555545494.
The target supports both NEON and VFPv4, but for this to work properly,
a few more changes are needed:
- enable NEON support in the kernel config
- add the fpu feature flag to the makefile
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The stats update needs to protect against being interrupted by a tasklet
The u64 stats seqlock needs to be initialized
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The pins are used as (LED) GPIOs and can't be used at the same time as
hardware controlled ephy (LED) pins.
Fixes: FS#1500
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In the new USB phy driver, it checks the compatible string before
attempting to iomap its mem resource and do the extra PHY init
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The MX60's uboot disables all the PHYs before starting linux.
This causes the PHY/switch detection code to malfunction
almost all of the time. To get around this, set a compatible
flag to force PHYID.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Don't select the firmware with the board file, it prevents an easy use
of the -ct ath10k firmware. Select the firmware within the default
packages instead.
Remove the per device selection of the firmware now that it the
firmware is selected by default.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specifications:
SOC: Qualcomm IPQ4018 (DAKOTA) ARM Quad-Core
RAM: 256 MB Winbond W632GU6KB12J
FLASH: 16 MiB Macronix MX25L12805D
ETH: Qualcomm QCA8072
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11b/g/n/ac 2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11n/ac
1x1 (EX6100)
2x2 (EX6150)
INPUT: Power, WPS, reset button
AP / Range-extender toggle
LED: Power, Router, Extender (dual), WPS, Left-/Right-arrow
SERIAL: Header next to QCA8072 chip.
VCC, TX, RX, GND (Square hole is VCC)
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1.
Tested and working:
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- 5 GHz WiFi (Correct MAC-address)
- Factory installation from WebIF
- Factory installation from tftp
- OpenWRT sysupgrade (Preserving and non-preserving)
- LEDs
- Buttons
Not Working:
- AP/Extender toggle-switch
Untested:
- Support on EX6100v2. They share the same GPL-Code and vendor-images.
The 6100v2 seems to lack one 5GHz stream and differs in the 5GHz
board-blob. I only own a EX6150v2, therefore i am only able to verify
functionality on this device.
Install via Web-Interface:
Upload the factory image to the device to the Netgear Web-Interface.
The device might asks you to confirm the update a second time due to
detecting the OpenWRT firmware as older. The device will automatically
reboot after the image is written to flash.
Install via TFTP:
Connect to the devices serial. Hit Enter-Key in bootloader to stop
autobooting. Command "fw_recovery" will start a tftp server, waiting for
a DNI image to be pushed.
Assign your computer the IP-address 192.168.1.10/24. Push image with
tftp -4 -v -m binary 192.168.1.1 -c put <OPENWRT_FACTORY>
Device will erase factory-partition first, then writes the pushed image
to flash and reboots.
Parts of this commit are based on Thomas Hebb's work on the
openwrt-devel mailinglist.
See https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2018-January/043418.html
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This patch adds support for 8devices Jalapeno.
Specification:
QCA IPQ4018, Quad core ARM v7 Cortex A7 717MHz
256 MB of DDR3 RAM
8 MB of SPI NOR flash
128 MB of Winbond SPI NAND flash
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with:
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=8devices-Jalapeno
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with:
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=8devices-Jalapeno
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8072 Gigabit Switch (1 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
phy@mdio3:
Label: eth0
gmac0
phy@mdio4:
Label: eth1
gmac1
Installation instructions:
Since boards ship with old version of LEDE installation is simple.
Just use sysupgrade -n -F sysupgrade.bin
Syuspgrade needs to be forced since OpenWRT uses DT detection in recent
releases.
If you get error that FIT configuration is not found during boot it is
due to older U-boot used on your board.
That is because 8devices used custom FIT configuration partition name
as they internally had v1 and v2 boards.
Only v2 boards are sold so now they are shipping boards with never
U-boot using generic config@1 FIT partition name.
Also for old uboot it is possible to force loading config@1 by changing
uboot environment:
setenv boot5 'bootm 0x84000000#config@1’
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
This is important fix for flash parsing in some corner cases. In case
of TRX subpartition with rootfs being aligned to the flash block size it
was incorrectly registered twice. Detecting & registering it as a
standalone partition was resulting in an incorrect "firmware" partition
size and possibly broken sysupgrade.
It wasn't noticed before because "rootfs" alignment depends on a kernel
size. It can happen though - depending on the configuration and the
kernel size.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Previously, tplink_pharos_check_image() would accept any image with ELF
magic and only non-printable data in the support-list, as in this case the
while-read loop would not run at all. Add the new support-list offset and
ensure an image is only accepted when the model string is actually found.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Some Airmax devices can establish a Gigabit link even though the MAC only
supports 10/100 MBit/s, leading to broken connectivity. Prevent this from
happening by limiting the speed to 100MBit/s.
Fixes: FS#296
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This solution is more upstream compatible as it only requires specifying
of_match_table in the parser code and doesn't depend on linux,part-probe
which is solution made generic by a LEDE downstream patch that can't be
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
These patches were finally accepted and are already present in the
Linus's tree. This should be good enough to make is "backport" material.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
With kernel 4.14 the OpenWrt specific module name collides with the
upstream added module for Mediatek ARM Socs.
During addition of preliminary support for kernel 4.14, the config
symbol used by the out of tree driver was already renamed but the ramips
kernel package wasn't updated.
Fix the build error by updating the config and kernel module name for
the kernel package.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Zorlik ZL5900V2 is an unbranded clone of HAME MPR-A1/2. It is
marketed as "3G Wi-Fi Router". Only the PCB has the model name
"ZL5900V2" printed on it.
Specifications:
- Ralink RT5350F (360 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 802.11bgn 1T1R
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (Type-A)
- 5200 mAh battery
The ramdisk image (not the squashfs sysupgrade image) can be flashed
through the web interface (named "GoAhead") of the factory firmware.
However, as the factory firmware does not cleanly unmount the rootfs
before flashing, the device may hang instead of rebooting after
successful write. Power cycling the device gets you in OpenWrt where
the squashfs image may be flashed through normal sysupgrade procedure.
Signed-off-by: Vianney le Clément de Saint-Marcq <code@quartic.eu>
YouHua tech WR1200JS is an AC1200 router with 5 1Gb ports (4 Lan, 1 Wan)
and 1 USB 2.0 port.
Devices is base on MediaTek MT7621AT + MT7603E + MT7612E.
Specification:
- MT7612AT (880 MHz)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7603E)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612E)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 10x LED (Power 2G 5G WPS Internet LAN4-1 USB)
- 3x button (reset wifi wps)
- DC jack for main power input (12V)
Installation:
1.) Press reset key 5 sec and restore the factory default
2.) Login webUI and change username to root and set a
new password
3.) Visit http://192.168.2.254/adm/telnetd.shtml and
turn on the telnet service
4.) Copy openwrt-ramips-mt7621-youhua_wr1200js-initramfs-kernel.bin
to a usb pan
5.) Plug the usb pan to the router, telnet to the router
and login by root
6.) cd /media/sda1 and check the initramfs file is there
7.) exec command:
mtd_write write openwrt-ramips-mt7621-youhua_wr1200js-initramfs-kernel.bin Kernel
8.) reboot and visit 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Zheng Qian <sotux82@gmail.com>
The previous fw version require the replacement of the stock bootloader
with u-boot. This prevent an easy stock restore of the original fw.
Now a proper fw util has been developed to manage the stock jboot
bootloader. Therefore make sense have a fw image for the stock
bootloader.
The old fw configuration (u-boot) is not compatible with the new one
and will not be supported anymore.
So at the end 2 image can be generated:
1) factory image with jboot bootloader
openwrt-ramips-rt305x-dwr-512-b-squashfs-factory.bin
2) sysupgrade image with jboot bootloader
openwrt-ramips-rt305x-dwr-512-b-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
The Ralink USB PHY driver merged into mainline has a slightly different
device tree binding than the patch that was used with linux 4.9.
The new driver requires a `ralink,sysctl` node pointing to the `syscon`
node.
This patch also sets `#phy-cells` to 0, as recommended by the mainline
documentation [1].
[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ralink-usb-phy.txt
Signed-off-by: Vianney le Clément de Saint-Marcq <code@quartic.eu>
TP-Link Archer C60 v2 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561 + QCA9886.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (web):
Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and use
OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.
Flash instruction (recovery):
1. Set PC to fixed IP address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin and
rename it to tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root
directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery
Flash instruction (under U-Boot, using UART):
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Add support for TL-WR940N v6 board. It is pretty much the same as v5
except they only left WAN LED and removed other ones.
Installation: flash factory image through WEB UI or use TFTP.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Rework (again) platform support for dual-role chipidea USB controller:
- include support for QCA9531
- use correct EHCI block size
- drop ar933x_usb_setup_ctrl_config() function
- simplify code after previous "register chipidea only in device mode"
change (fa22714181)
Reworked patch was tested on devices with below QCA WiSOCs (signal/GPIO
name with required bootstrap state for USB bus 0 in device mode):
- AR9331 (GPIO13 pull-down)
- AR9342 (RGMII_TXD1/ETXD1 pull-up)
- AR9344 (GPIO20 pull-up)
- QCA9531 (GPIO13 pull-up)
- QCA9558 (GPIO13 pull-up)
The only way to select device mode for bus 0 is to change SOC bootstrap
configuration which is sampled only once, at hard reset. Likely, other
models, like QCA9556 or AR9341, should also support dual-role USB mode
but they were not tested.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Supports IPv4 flow offloading on MT7621 for Routing, SNAT and DNAT
Supported are regular ethernet->ethernet connections, including one
802.1q VLAN and/or PPPoE encapsulation
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
of_dma_configure() sets a default ->dma_mask of
DMA_BIT_MASK(32), claiming devices can DMA from
the full 32bit address space.
The mtk-mmc driver does not support access to
highmem pages, so it is really limited to the
bottom 512M (actually 448M due to 64M of IO space).
Setting ->dma_mask to NULL causes mmc_setup_queue()
to fall-back to using BLK_BOUNCE_HIGH to tell the
block layer to use a bounce-buffer for any highmem
pages requiring IO.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neil@brown.name>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
- avoid using garbage stack values as dst pointer if lookup fails
- provide the source address for ipv6 dst lookup
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Our .dts files only have one device defined and this is unlikely to
change, so statically initialize host->id to 0.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit adds correct model detection for UniFi
AC-Mesh. Previously said device was incorrectly detected
as UniFi AC-Lite.
The Information about the device is stored at 0xC in the EEPROM
partition. It corresponds to the sysid in /etc/board.info of the
Ubiquiti stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
D-Link DAP-1330 rev. A1 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 650/393/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x external antennas
- 6x LED (2 are bi-color), 2x button
- 4 pin on pcb (looking from eth port and from left to right tx,rx,gnd,vcc)
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
This device has a recovery system that assign the ip addr of env
variable "serverip" via dhcp to a pc, and the "ipaddr" value to itself.
The recovery it's triggered by a not bootable firmware,
or pressing the reset button during the bootloader startup (first 30 seconds).
The recovery uses a http page to restore the firmware, and it's checking
the firmware image header, so use the "factory" image to
restore or the original firmware.
You can access vendor firmware over serial using:
- login: root
- password: linuxrocks
Image was tested only in EU version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Signed-off-by: Nicolò Veronese <nicveronese@gmail.com>
It was wrong from the beginning and the trigger for the wan led was
never set due to the typo.
Signed-off-by: Reto Schneider <code@reto-schneider.ch>
[add commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We need to reset the GPHYs on reboot as well. Otherwise the bootloader
might have issues to reset/find the GPHYs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-921-C3 Wireless Routers with LTE embedded modem is based on the
MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The DWR-921-C1 Wireless Routers with LTE embedded modem is based on the
MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
* MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
* 64 MB of RAM
* 16 MB of FLASH
* 802.11bgn radio
* 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
* 2x external, detachable (LTE) antennas
* UART header on PCB (57600 8n1)
* 6x LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 1x bi-color Signal Strength LED (GPIO-controlled)
* 2x button
* JBOOT bootloader
The status led has been assigned to the dwr-921-c1:green:sigstrength (lte
signal strength) led. At the end of the boot it is switched off and is
available for lte operation. Work correctly also during sysupgrade
operation.
Installation:
Apply factory image via d-link http web-gui.
How to revert to OEM firmware:
1.) Push the reset button and turn on the power. Wait until LED start
blinking (~10sec.)
2.) Upload original factory image via JBOOT http (IP: 192.168.123.254)
3.) If http doesn't work, it can be done with curl command:
curl -F FN=@XXXXX.binhttp://192.168.123.254/upg
where XXXXX.bin is name of firmware file.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
Backport patch which adds suport for the BroadMobi BM806U 3G/4G modem,
which is used in D-Link DWR-921 C3.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
Backport patch which adds suport for the Wistron NeWeb d18q1 LTE modem
which is used in D-Link DWR-921 C1.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/dbg.c:51:13: warning: 'cmd_buf' defined but not used [-Wunused-variable]
static char cmd_buf[256];
^~~~~~~
In addition, msdc_reg[] is completely unused, even in debug
mode.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
msdc_6575_host[] is unused, just remove it. Also, it
was the source of memory corruption up until the
previous fix to this driver.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
pdev->id is -1 when only one device exists, and is used:
* as an index into drv_mode[] to determine whether to use
PIO or DMA mode (via host->id)
* as an index into msdc_6575_host[], to store the
mmc_priv() data.
Obviously, -1 is not a valid index in either case, causing
us to read invalid memory, and memory corruption,
respectively.
The invalid memory read is causing non-deterministic
behaviour, in particular in the v4.4 kernel it still
picked DMA mode, but in the v4.9 it now always picks
PIO mode.
Also, PIO mode doesn't work, causing the following:
/ # echo 3 > /proc/sys/vm/drop_caches
[ 3845.249237] sh (128): drop_caches: 3
/ # /root/usr/lib/libc.so
[ 3846.096070] do_page_fault(): sending SIGSEGV to libc.so for invalid read access from 7f9cb5a0
[ 3846.104758] epc = 779b0ea4 in libc.so[7792f000+c3000]
[ 3846.109907] ra = 779a8004 in libc.so[7792f000+c3000]
Segmentation fault
/ # /root/usr/lib/libc.so
musl libc (mipsel-sf)
Version 1.1.16-git-40-g54807d47
Dynamic Program Loader
Usage: /root/usr/lib/libc.so [options] [--] pathname [args]
(i.e. initial page-in of any binary causes a segfault,
subsequent access works.)
While this change doesn't fix PIO mode, it at least makes
us deterministically use DMA (which works), and it also
stops us from corrupting memory.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/sd.c:2782:5: warning: this 'if' clause does not guard... [-Wmisleading-indentation]
if ((hw->flags & MSDC_SDIO_IRQ) || (hw->flags & MSDC_EXT_SDIO_IRQ))
^~
drivers/mmc/host/mtk-mmc/sd.c:2785:2: note: ...this statement, but the latter is misleadingly indented as if it is guarded by the 'if'
cd_active_low = !of_property_read_bool(pdev->dev.of_node, "mediatek,cd-high");
^~~~~~~~~~~~~
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
Add initial support for Marvell MACCHIATObin, cortex-a72 based Marvell
ARMADA 8040 Community board. Comes in two forms: Single Shot and Double
Shot.
Specifications:
- Quad core Cortex-A72 (up to 2GHz)
- DDR4 DIMM slot with optional ECC and single/dual chip select support
- Dual 10GbE (1/2.5/10GbE) via copper or SFP
2.5GbE (1/2.5GbE) via SFP
1GbE via copper
- SPI Flash
- 3 X SATA 3.0 connectors
- MicroSD connector
- eMMC
- PCI x4 3.0 slot
- USB 2.0 Headers (Internal)
- USB 3.0 connector
- Console port (UART) over microUSB connector
- 20-pin Connector for CPU JTAG debugger
- 2 X UART Headers
- 12V input via DC Jack
- ATX type power connector
- Form Factor: Mini-ITX (170 mm x 170 mm)
More details at http://macchiatobin.net
Booting from micro SD card:
1. reset U-Boot environment:
env default -a
saveenv
2. prepare U-Boot with boot script:
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 1:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
or manually:
setenv fdt_name armada-8040-mcbin.dtb
setenv image_name Image
setenv bootcmd 'mmc dev 1; ext4load mmc 1:1 $kernel_addr $image_name;ext4load mmc 1:1 $fdt_addr $fdt_name;setenv bootargs $console root=/dev/mmcblk1p2 rw rootwait; booti $kernel_addr - $fdt_addr'
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Damir Samardzic <damir.samardzic@sartura.hr>
The DTB for Clearfog Pro has been renamed in mainline. However U-Boot
hasn't picked up that change yet :(, so we need to hardcode it for now.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Newer Linksys boards might come with a Winbond W29N02GV which can be
configured in different ways. Make sure we configure it the same way as
the older chips so everything keeps working.
Signed-off-by: Imre Kaloz <kaloz@openwrt.org>
CONFIG_NVMEM_BCM_OCOTP was added in kernel 4.10 and it is possible to
activate it on the bcm53xx target. Deactivate it by default to fix the
build of the bcm53xx target.
This was found by build bot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch cleans and reworks the WNDR4700 dts to increase the
now combined dtb+kernel partition to 3.5 MiB. This has become
necessary due to the switch to GCC 7.3 and the ever increasing
kernel binary size.
The dtb+kernel partition was combined in order to finally
fix the problem with out-of-sync device-trees. From now
on, the kernel and device-tree will always be updated together.
Upgrade Note:
Existing installations will have to use the TFTP firmware
recovery option in order to install the update. Affected users
are advised to make a backup of their existing configuration
prior to running sysupgrade:
<https://openwrt.org/docs/guide-user/installation/generic.backup#backup_openwrt_configuration>
Due to the repartitioning of the NAND, the generated backup
should be placed on either the internal HDD, an attached
USB-Stick or on another PC (externally).
To manually trigger the firmware recovery, the reset button has
to be pressed (and hold) during boot. U-boot will enter the "Upgrade
Mode" and starts a tftpserver listening on 192.168.1.1 for a
tftp client from one of the four LAN/Ethernet ports to connect and
upload the new system: (enable tftp binary mode!).
openwrt-apm821xx-nand-netgear_wndr4700-squashfs-factory.img
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The recent change to switch to gcc 7.3 broke the image
generation code, as the kernel would no longer fit into
KERNEL_SIZE.
This patch fixes the issue by reworking the initramfs
creation and packaging, which will get rid of the
KERNEL_SIZE check in the process.
This new initramfs can be loaded through the MR24 U-boot
in the following way:
=> setenv ipaddr 192.168.1.1
=> setenv bootargs console=ttyS0,$baudrate
=> tftpboot c00000 192.168.1.2:meraki_mr24-initramfs-kernel.bin
[...]
Load address: 0xc00000
Loading: ################################################ [...]
done
Bytes transferred = 5952544 (5ad420 hex)
=> bootm $fileaddr
\## Booting kernel from Legacy Image at 00c00000 ...
...
For more information and the latest flashing guide:
please visit the OpenWrt Wiki Page for the MR24:
<https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mr24#flashing>
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
There are few symbol changes but only 3 symbols were possible to set:
THERMAL_EMERGENCY_POWEROFF_DELAY_MS
CLK_BCM_SR
PHY_NS2_USB_DRD
Both new drivers don't seem to apply to Northstar so they are disabled.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Right patch version this time, sorry!
* Patch 180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch had to be adjusted slightly because of upstream adapted code.
* Refreshed patches.
Compile-tested: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Run-tested: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
During upstreaming the intel phy driver, support for the vr9 v1.1
embedded phys got lost. Backport the upstream send patch adding support
for the vr9 v1.1 embbeded phys to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
cosmetic fixes
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
WHR-G300N has 5 ethernet ports (lan: 4, wan: 1), but there was no
correct configuration in 02_network script and 6 ports was configured
on the switch.
Also, since the MAC address was not acquired from factory partition,
incorrect values was set to LAN and WAN interfaces.
This commit fixes these issues.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
The APPSBL and anything after that it not allowed to touch some of the
memory regions which are used by other components. Still trying to write to
the memory can lead to sudden device restarts
(IPQ40xx) # mw 87e80000 0
data abort
pc : [<873149f8>] lr : [<87308578>]
sp : 86edfc28 ip : 86ef4412 fp : 00000000
r10: 00000000 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 86edff68
r7 : 00000003 r6 : 8737e624 r5 : 86ef4420 r4 : 8736c154
r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000010 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nZCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
The device manufacturer only provided a very rough list of regions:
* rsvd1: 0x87000000 0x500000
* wifi_dump: 0x87500000 0x600000
* rsvd2: 0x87b00000 0x500000
A more detailed list for devices using the AP.DK reference design memory
maps was provided by Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv> in commit 56f2df879fd
("ipq806x: ipq4019: add ap-dk01.1-c1 board support"):
* apps_bl: 0x87000000 0x400000
* sbl: 0x87400000 0x100000
* cnss_debug: 0x87500000 0x600000
* cpu_context_dump: 0x87b00000 0x080000
* tz_apps: 0x87b80000 0x280000
* smem: 0x87e00000 0x080000
* tz: 0x87e80000 0x180000
The u-boot function ipq_fdt_mem_rsvd_fixup seems to suggest that only the
rsvd2 (tz_apps, smem, tz) should be protected. All other regions would have
been removed by it when CONFIG_QCA_APPSBL_DLOAD is not enabled. This allows
to reduce the 16MB reserved memory region to only 4.5MB.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The APPSBL and anything after that it not allowed to touch some of the
memory regions which are used by other components. Still trying to write to
the memory can lead to sudden device restarts
(IPQ40xx) # mw 87e80000 0
data abort
pc : [<873149f8>] lr : [<87308578>]
sp : 86edfc28 ip : 86ef4412 fp : 00000000
r10: 00000000 r9 : 00000000 r8 : 86edff68
r7 : 00000003 r6 : 8737e624 r5 : 86ef4420 r4 : 8736c154
r3 : 00000000 r2 : 00000010 r1 : 00000000 r0 : 00000000
Flags: nZCv IRQs off FIQs off Mode SVC_32
Resetting CPU ...
The device manufacturer only provided a very rough list of regions:
* rsvd1: 0x87000000 0x500000
* wifi_dump: 0x87500000 0x600000
* rsvd2: 0x87b00000 0x500000
A more detailed list for devices using the AP.DK reference design memory
maps was provided by Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv> in commit 56f2df879fd
("ipq806x: ipq4019: add ap-dk01.1-c1 board support"):
* apps_bl: 0x87000000 0x400000
* sbl: 0x87400000 0x100000
* cnss_debug: 0x87500000 0x600000
* cpu_context_dump: 0x87b00000 0x080000
* tz_apps: 0x87b80000 0x280000
* smem: 0x87e00000 0x080000
* tz: 0x87e80000 0x180000
The u-boot function ipq_fdt_mem_rsvd_fixup seems to suggest that only the
rsvd2 (tz_apps, smem, tz) should be protected. All other regions would have
been removed by it when CONFIG_QCA_APPSBL_DLOAD is not enabled. This allows
to reduce the 16MB reserved memory region to only 4.5MB.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
There is currently no code to read the phy reset gpios for the ethernet
PHY. It would also have been better to use the more common name
"phy-reset-gpios" for this property.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The AVM Fritz!Box 4040 uses an IPQ4018 as SoC and not an IPQ4019. The DTS
must be adjusted to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
The GPIO configuration in the DTS have as third parameter the active
low/high configuration. This parameter is not easy to parse by humans when
it is only set to 0/1. It is better to use the predefined constants
GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH and GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The "Devicetree Specification, Release v0.2 - 2.3.4 status" [1] only allows
the "okay" value for an operational device. The "ok" value will be accepted
by the kernel but should be avoided.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
The OpenMesh A42 will use the default config entry in the FIT when no other
on is found but prefers the config@om.a42. This only becomes relevant when
a Multi-FIT image is prepared for this device.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
This fixes:
drivers/net/phy/b53/b53_priv.h:325:2: error: enumeration value '<board>' not handled in switch [-Werror=switch]
errors.
Fixes: 0de2213eea ("kernel: b53: look for NVRAM's "robo_reset" entry on every platform")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since kernel 4.1 bcm47xx_nvram_gpio_pin() is now defined in a global
header and can be safely called even on non-Broadcom platforms.
This change makes b53 look for "robo_reset" on ARCH_BCM_5301X and
slightly simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The chosen dts configuration linux,initrd-* gives an error message
on bootup of kirkwood-iconnect. Since initramfs/initrd is not used
remove these options from the dts.
Reported-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Add patches for 4.14, undoing upstream changes for Linksys devices
regarding DSA. Instead, the switchdev driver marvell,88e6171 is used.
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
A regression seriously affecting the Linksys WRT1900ACv1 (Mamba) was
introduced some time between the OpenWrt/LEDE v4.4 and v4.9 kernels.
The root cause has not yet been identified, despite many attempts for
more than a year. Disabling the SoC specific CPU idle support should
mitigate this issue.
The symptoms on an affected system are unwanted reboots at a variable
frequency. In many cases almost immediately after boot, causing a
bootloop. This effectively disables support for Mamba on OpenWrt
with kernels > v4.4.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The latest bootloader versions load the firmware into memory and call
`chk_dniimg` (defined in Netgear GPL release), which expects to find
three consecutive block-aligned uImages. Add two fake uImage headers
after the kernel to fool this check.
This wastes up to 128k of space for alignment. The alternative would be
to put the rootfs in a second uImage, but this would limit the firmware
size to 0x710000 (the number of bytes loaded and verified by the
bootloader) instead of 0x7b0000 (the size of the firmware partition).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v3 is a pocket-size dual-band (AC750) router
based on MediaTek MT7628N + MT7650E.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
* MT7650 ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE/OpenWrt at the moment.
Therefore 5Ghz won' work.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in TL-WR902AC v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt76x8-tplink_tl-wr902ac-v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with the LAN port, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Peter Lundkvist <peter.lundkvist@gmail.com>
[drop p2led_an pinmux, this pin isn't used as gpio, fix whitespace issues]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The DWR-116-A1/2 Wireless Router is based on the MT7620N SoC.
Specification:
MediaTek MT7620N (580 Mhz)
32 MB of RAM
8 MB of FLASH
802.11bgn radio
5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (1 WAN and 4 LAN)
2x external, non-detachable antennas
UART (J1 in A1, JP1 in A2) header on PCB (57600 8n1)
6x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button
JBOOT bootloader
Known issues:
WAN LED is drived by uartl tx pin. I decide to use this pin as
uartlite tx pin.
Installation:
Apply factory image via http web-gui.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
The internal RTC does not work correctly on these Linksys boards based
on Marvell SoCs. It is off by 3 minutes in 10 minutes running, this
was reported by multiple users. On the Linksys Mamba device the device
tree comment says that no crystal is connected to the internal RTC, this
is probably also true for the other devices.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some boards like the Turris Omnia have an RTC chip that does not get
initialized. Initializing the RTC at the driver level helps get rid of
bootloader hacks that write special register values.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The patch breaks LED operation and has already been reverted in 4.4.121.
4.9.87 is still affected; revert it locally until the issue is sorted out
upstream.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The deletion of the mdio node childs was meant for testing and were
committed accidentally. Without the mdio nodes the network isn't
initialised.
While at it, remove the orphaned qcom-ipq4019-gl-b1300.dts as well.
Fixes: FS#1439
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
* QCA IPQ4028
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (mx25l25635e)
* 128 MB of SPI NAND flash (gd5f1gq4ucy1g)
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- uses AP-DK03 BDF from QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- uses AP-DK03 BDF from QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin
* 2 fully software controllable GPIO-LEDs
* 2 additional GPIO-LEDs which also affect the SIM card detection
* 1x button (reset)
* 1x GPIO buzzer
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* 1x NGFF (USB-only with Dual-SIM support, untested)
* TTL pins are on board (R124 is next to GND, then follows: RX, TX, VCC)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
- phy@mdio4:
+ Manual: Ethernet port 0
+ gmac0 (ethaddr) in original firmware
+ 802.3af POE (HV version)
+ 24v passive POE (LV version)
- phy@mdio3:
+ Manual: Ethernet port 1
+ gmac1 (eth1addr) in original firmware
* DC Jack connector
+ 24-56V (HV version)
+ 12-24V (LV version)
The SPI NAND flash isn't supported at the moment.
The bootloader has to be updated before OpenWrt is installed to fix a
reboot problem. The nor-ipq40xx-single.img from
https://downloads.compex.com.sg/?dir=uploads/QSDK/QCA-Reference/WPJ428/b170123-IPQ40xx-Reference-Firmware
has to be downloaded and the transfered in u-boot via TFTP
set ipaddr 192.168.1.11
set serverip 192.168.1.10
ping ${serverip}
tftpboot 0x84000000 nor-ipq40xx-single.img
imgaddr=0x84000000 && source $imgaddr:script
The sysupgrade image can be installed directly on flash using u-boot:
sf probe
tftpboot 0x84000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-compex_wpj428-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
sf erase 0x00180000 +$filesize
sf write 0x84000000 0x00180000 $filesize
bootipq
The initramfs image can be started using
tftpboot 0x82000000 openwrt-ipq40xx-compex_wpj428-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
set fdt_high 0x83000000
bootm 0x82000000
The used SIM card slot can be changed using
# slot 1 (also enables orange LED)
echo 1 > /sys/class/gpio/gpio3/value
# slot 2
echo 0 > /sys/class/gpio/gpio3/value
It can be checked whether a SIM card is inserted in the current slot and
the red LED is subsequently on via:
echo 2 > /sys/class/gpio/export
cat /sys/class/gpio/gpio2/value
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
There are 2 ethernet ports on Nexx WT1520 and WT3020. These ethernet
ports are assigned as follows, and other ports cannot be used.
- WT1520:
- port0 -> lan
- port4 -> wan
- WT3020:
- port0 -> wan
- port4 -> lan
I dropped ports that cannot be used.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Hardware highlights:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros IPQ8064/5 ARM Dual Core CPU
- RAM: (512MB or 1GB) DDR3 System Memory
- Storage: 32MB NOR (Cypress S25FL256S1)
256MB NAND (Micron MT29F2G08ABBEAH4)
- Ethernet: 5 x 1G via QCA8337N
- USB: 1 x USB 2.0/3.0 + 1 x USB 2.0 on mini PCIe3 socket
- PCIe: 3x mini PCIe (third mini PCIE3 is PCIe/USB shared)
- SIM Card Slot: 2 x Slot
- Buttons: Reset Button
- LEDs: 18x, 8x GPIO controllable
- Buzzer
The correct amount of RAM will be passed by the bootloader.
In contrast to the documentation provided by Compex, the third PCIe
doesn't use GPIO16 for PERST. Instead, GPIO3 is shared and used as PERST
for PCIe0 and PCIe2.
So far, no one was able to get USB 3.0 working with the 1GB RAM version,
while it works fine for my 512MB version. Since USB 3.0 doesn't work with
the Compex firmware for the 1G variant either, it could be a hardware
issue with these boards.
OpenWrt will be installed to the NAND flash. Make sure to have a full
working image on the NOR flash. It will be the backup in case anything
goes wrong.
It has been observed that an image loaded via tftpboot might have
bitflips. Hence the extra step to create a crc32 checksum to allow to
compare the checksum with the one from the source file prior to flashing.
In all cases it is necessary to set the following u-boot parameter to an
empty (whitespace) value, to ensure that the chosen bootargs of the dts
isn't overwritten or set to bogus - not working - values:
(IPQ) # set bootargs " "
(IPQ) # set fsbootargs " "
(IPQ) # saveenv
The sysupgrade image can be installed directly on flash using u-boot (put
jumper in JP13 (leave JP9 open) to boot from nand):
(IPQ) # set serverip 192.168.1.20
(IPQ) # set ipaddr 192.168.1.1
(IPQ) # tftpboot 0x42000000 openwrt-ipq806x-compex_wpq864-squashfs-nand-factory.bin
(IPQ) # crc32 0x42000000 $filesize
(IPQ) # nand erase 0x1340000 0x4000000
(IPQ) # nand write 0x42000000 0x1340000 $filesize
The initramfs image can be started using:
(IPQ) # set fdt_high 0x48000000
(IPQ) # tftpboot 0x44000000 openwrt-ipq806x-compex_wpq864-initramfs-fit-uImage.itb
(IPQ) # bootm 0x44000000
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Initialise the UBOOT variable by default. Otherwise it will be
unintended inherit to following images if set and causes an uboot build
where not required.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This makes some of the mtd patches apply again after some generic
patches were changed.
These problems where found by build bot.
Fixes: ac9bcefa3b ("kernel: use V10 of mtd patchset adding support for "compatible" string")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds support for Cisco Meraki MR33
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4029 Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB DDR3L-1600 @ 627 MHz Micron MT41K128M16JT-125IT
NAND: 128 MiB SLC NAND Spansion S34ML01G200TFV00 (106 MiB usable)
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros AR8035 Gigabit PHY (1 x LAN/WAN) + PoE
WLAN1: QCA9887 (168c:0050) PCIe 1x1:1 802.11abgn ac Dualband VHT80
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN3: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4029 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2 VHT80
LEDS: 1 x Programmable RGB+White Status LED (driven by Ti LP5562 on i2c-1)
1 x Orange LED Fault Indicator (shared with LP5562)
2 x LAN Activity / Speed LEDs (On the RJ45 Port)
BUTTON: one Reset button
MISC: Bluetooth LE Ti cc2650 PG2.3 4x4mm - BL_CONFIG at 0x0001FFD8
AT24C64 8KiB EEPROM
Kensington Lock
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has a populated
1x4 0.1" header with half-height/low profile pins.
The pinout is: VCC (little white arrow), RX, TX, GND.
Flashing needs a serial adaptor, as well as patched ubootwrite utility
(needs Little-Endian support). And a modified u-boot (enabled Ethernet).
Meraki's original u-boot source can be found in:
<https://github.com/riptidewave93/meraki-uboot/tree/mr33-20170427>
Add images to do an installation via bootloader:
0. open up the MR33 and connect the serial console.
1. start the 2nd stage bootloader transfer from client pc:
# ubootwrite.py --write=mr33-uboot.bin
(The ubootwrite tool will interrupt the boot-process and hence
it needs to listen for cues. If the connection is bad (due to
the low-profile pins), the tool can fail multiple times and in
weird ways. If you are not sure, just use a terminal program
and see what the device is doing there.
2. power on the MR33 (with ethernet + serial cables attached)
Warning: Make sure you do this in a private LAN that has
no connection to the internet.
- let it upload the u-boot this can take 250-300 seconds -
3. use a tftp client (in binary mode!) on your PC to upload the sysupgrade.bin
(the u-boot is listening on 192.168.1.1)
# tftp 192.168.1.1
binary
put openwrt-ipq40xx-meraki_mr33-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
4. wait for it to reboot
5. connect to your MR33 via ssh on 192.168.1.1
For more detailed instructions, please take a look at the:
"Flashing Instructions for the MR33" PDF. This can be found
on the wiki: <https://openwrt.org/toh/meraki/mr33>
(A link to the mr33-uboot.bin + the modified ubootwrite is
also there)
Thanks to Jerome C. for sending an MR33 to Chris.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for ASUS RT-AC58U/RT-ACRH13.
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 128 MiB DDR3L-1066 @ 537 MHz (1074?) NT5CC64M16GP-DI
NOR: 2 MiB Macronix MX25L1606E (for boot, QSEE)
NAND: 128 MiB Winbond W25NO1GVZE1G (cal + kernel + root, UBI)
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: one Reset and one WPS button
LEDS: Status, WAN, WIFI1/2, USB and LAN (one blue LED for each)
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 3V3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The board has an unpopulated
1x4 0.1" header. The pinout (VDD, RX, GND, TX) is printed on the
PCB right next to the connector.
U-Boot Note: The ethernet driver isn't always reliable and can sometime
time out... Don't worry, just retry.
Access via the serial console is required. As well as a working
TFTP-server setup and the initramfs image. (If not provided, it
has to be built from the OpenWrt source. Make sure to enable
LZMA as the compression for the INITRAMFS!)
To install the image permanently, you have to do the following
steps in the listed order.
1. Open up the router.
There are four phillips screws hiding behind the four plastic
feets on the underside.
2. Connect the serial cable (See notes above)
3. Connect your router via one of the four LAN-ports (yellow)
to a PC which can set the IP-Address and ssh and scp from.
If possible set your PC's IPv4 Address to 192.168.1.70
(As this is the IP-Address the Router's bootloader expects
for the tftp server)
4. power up the router and enter the u-boot
choose option 1 to upload the initramfs image. And follow
through the ipv4 setup.
Wait for your router's status LED to stop blinking rapidly and
glow just blue. (The LAN LED should also be glowing blue).
3. Connect to the OpenWrt running in RAM
The default IPv4-Address of your router will be 192.168.1.1.
1. Copy over the openwrt-sysupgrade.bin image to your router's
temporary directory
# scp openwrt-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp
2. ssh from your PC into your router as root.
# ssh root@192.168.1.1
The default OpenWrt-Image won't ask for a password. Simply hit the Enter-Key.
Once connected...: run the following commands on your temporary installation
3. delete the "jffs2" ubi partition to make room for your new root partition
# ubirmvol /dev/ubi0 --name=jffs2
4. install OpenWrt on the NAND Flash.
# sysupgrade -v /tmp/openwrt-sysupgrade.bin
- This will will automatically reboot the router -
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Rename the dts file to match the used SoC type and drop the unnecessary
KERNEL_INSTALL from the image build code.
Remove the fixed rootfs and kernel partitions and create an image with
rootfs appended after kernel.
Setup a switch portmap matching the hardware and a default network/switch
configuration to make make the second lan port working. Use eth0 as lan
to have it consistent accross the target.
Use the power LED to indicate the boot status.
Sort the SoC entries within the dts by address and use dtc labels
whenever possible.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This removes the block- and pagesize from the FritzBox 4040
image description, fixing incorrectly working sysupgrade.
With this commit, the default values for block- and pagesize are
used.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
[chunkeey@gmail.com: removed 105-mtd-nor-add-mx25l25635f.patch as well]
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Sort the soc entries in the dts by address and use dtc labels whenever
possible.
Adjust the DTS files, the OpenMesh A42 is actually an IPQ4018 and not an
IPQ4019.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
There's an interaction issue between the clk changes:"
clk: qcom: ipq4019: Add the apss cpu pll divider clock node
clk: qcom: ipq4019: remove fixed clocks and add pll clocks
" and the cpufreq-dt.
cpufreq-dt is now spamming the kernel-log with the following:
[ 1099.190658] cpu cpu0: dev_pm_opp_set_rate: failed to find current OPP
for freq 761142857 (-34)
This only happens on certain devices like the Compex WPJ428
and AVM FritzBox!4040. However, other devices like the Asus
RT-AC58U and Meraki MR33 work just fine.
The issue stem from the fact that all higher CPU-Clocks
are achieved by switching the clock-parent to the P_DDRPLLAPSS
(ddrpllapss). Which is set by Qualcomm's proprietary bootcode
as part of the DDR calibration.
For example, the FB4040 uses 256 MiB Nanya NT5CC128M16IP clocked
at round 533 MHz (ddrpllsdcc = 190285714 Hz).
whereas the 128 MiB Nanya NT5CC64M16GP-DI in the ASUS RT-AC58U is
clocked at a slightly higher 537 MHz ( ddrpllsdcc = 192000000 Hz).
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
In the commit bde5e7a632 ("kernel: backport mtd implementation for
"compatible" in "partitions" subnode") patches that got accepted into
l2-mtd.git were backported to the kernels 4.9 and 4.14. Unfortunately
there was a regression report, patches were dropped and never reached
4.16.
This commit replaces these pseudo-backports with the latest version
that includes regression fix and futher changes that were requested.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Revert the changes I applied to aa5014dd1a ("ramips: mt7620n: enable
port 4 as EPHY by default").
The driver expects a node mdio-bus to be present, regardless of the
actual node status. If the node is missing the driver fails to load with
mtk_soc_eth 10100000.ethernet: no mdio-bus child node found
Disable port4 by default again. If the port is enabled but not present, a
"invalid port id 4" warning is shown during boot.
Fixes: FS#1428
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In kernels 4.0 and older that header file was located in some subdir of
arch/mips/include. Target brcm47xx supports kernels 4.4 and 4.9 only so
that code isn't needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
If CONFIG_GPIO_SYSFS=n, compilation fails with
drivers/built-in.o: In function `gpio_export_with_name':
include/asm-generic/gpio.h:128: undefined reference to `__gpiod_export'
This is because the stub in that case has the wrong name,
_gpiod_export() - note the missing underscore (_) at the
start.
Fix the stub, and add the correct prototype for the real
implementation.
Signed-off-by: André Draszik <git@andred.net>
Optimize the compiler output for larger cache blast cases that are
common for DMA-based networking.
On ar71xx, I measured a routing throughput increase of ~8%
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This reverts the changes needed for the upstream b53 DSA switch driver
to use the OpenWrt b43 swconfig switch driver instead.
Tested-by: TheWerthFam <thewerthfam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This commit introduces new subtarget for Marvell EBU Armada Cortex A53
processor based devices.
The first device is Globalscale ESPRESSObin. Some hardware specs:
SoC: Marvell Armada 3700LP (88F3720) dual core ARM Cortex A53
processor up to 1.2GHz
RAM: 512MB, 1GB or 2GB DDR3
Storage: SATA interface
µSD card slot with footprint for an optional 4GB EMMC
4MB SPI NOR flash for bootloader
Ethernet: Topaz Networking Switch (88E6341) with 3x GbE ports
Connectors: USB 3.0
USB 2.0
µUSB port connected to PL2303SA (USB to serial bridge
controller) for UART access
Expansion: 2x 46-pin GPIO headers for accessories and shields with
I2C, GPIOs, PWM, UART, SPI, MMC, etc
MiniPCIe slot
Misc: Reset button, JTAG interface
Currently booting only from µSD card is supported.
The boards depending on date of dispatch can come with various U-Boot
versions. For the newest version 2017.03-armada-17.10 no manual
intervention should be needed to boot OpenWrt image. For the older ones
it's necessary to modify default U-Boot environment:
1. Interrupt boot process to run U-Boot command line,
2. Run following commands:
(for version 2017.03-armada-17.06 and 2017.03-armada-17.08)
setenv bootcmd "load mmc 0:1 0x4d00000 boot.scr; source 0x4d00000"
saveenv
(for version 2015.01-armada-17.02 and 2015.01-armada-17.04)
setenv bootargs "console=ttyMV0,115200 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootwait"
setenv bootcmd "ext4load mmc 0:1 ${fdt_addr} armada-3720-espressobin.dtb; ext4load mmc 0:1 ${kernel_addr} Image; booti ${kernel_addr} - ${fdt_addr}"
saveenv
3. Poweroff, insert SD card with OpenWrt image, boot and enjoy.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Adds support for the Turris Omnia and builds an eMMC sysupgrade image in
the same format as the SolidRun ClearFog.
An initramfs image in the simple yet Omnia-specific 'medkit' image format
is also built in order to ease the initial flashing process.
Notable hardware support omissions are support for switching between SFP
cage and copper PHY, and RGB LED control.
Due to a current limitation of DSA, only 1/2 CPU switch uplinks are used.
Specifications:
- Marvell Armada 385 1.6GHz dual-core ARMv7 CPU
- 1GB DDR3 RAM
- 8GB eMMC Flash
- 5x Gigabit LAN via Marvell 88E6176 Switch (2x RGMII CPU ports)
- 1x switchable RJ45 (88E1514 PHY) / SFP SGMII WAN
- 2x USB 3.0
- 12x dimmable RGB LEDs controlled by independent MCU
- 3x Mini PCIe slots
- Optional Compex WLE200N2 Mini PCIe AR9287 2x2 802.11b/g/n (2.4GHz)
- Optional Compex WLE900VX Mini PCIe QCA9880 3x3 802.11ac (2.4 / 5GHz)
- Optional Quectel EC20 Mini PCIe LTE modem
Flash instructions:
If the U-Boot environment has been modified previously (likely manually via
serial console), first use serial to reset the default environment.
=> env default -a
=> saveenv
Method 1 - USB 'medkit' image w/o serial
- Copy openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz and
omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz to the root of a
USB flash drive formatted with FAT32 / ext2/3/4 / btrfs / XFS.
Note that the medkit MUST be named omnia-medkit*.tar.gz
- Disconnect other USB devices from the Omnia and connect the flash drive
to either USB port.
- Power on the Omnia and hold down the rear reset button until 4 LEDs are
illuminated, then release.
- Wait approximately 2 minutes for the Turris Omnia to flash itself with
the temporary image, during which LEDs will change multiple times.
- Connect a computer to a LAN port of the Turris Omnia with a DHCP client
- (if necessary) ssh-keygen -R 192.168.1.1
- ssh root@192.168.1.1
$ mount /dev/sda1 /mnt
$ sysupgrade /mnt/openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz
- Wait another minute for the final OpenWrt image to be flashed. The Turris
Omnia will reboot itself and you can remove the flash drive.
Method 2 - TFTP w/ serial
- Extract omnia-medkit-openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-initramfs.tar.gz and copy
dtb + zImage to your TFTP server (rename if desired)
- Connect Turris Omnia WAN port to DHCP-enabled network with TFTP server
- Connect serial console and interrupt U-Boot
=> dhcp
=> setenv serverip <tftp_server_ip_here>
=> tftpboot 0x01000000 zImage
=> tftpboot 0x02000000 dtb
=> bootz 0x01000000 - 0x02000000
- OpenWrt will now boot from ramdisk
- Download openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz to /tmp/
$ sysupgrade /tmp/openwrt-mvebu-turris-omnia-sysupgrade.img.gz
- Wait another minute for the final OpenWrt image to be flashed. The Turris
Omnia will reboot itself.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
As at this commit, DSA is not enabled in the kernel config for mvebu, so these
nodes have been ignored. In preparation for the first mvebu board using DSA,
disable these nodes for existing boards to avoid issues.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Only register the chipidea usb device if the strapping option indicates
device mode. If not, use the regular ehci platform driver.
Add qca955x device mode support, tested on 8devices Rambutan.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The Lantiq XRX200 aka VR9 doesn't have an asc0. Instead,
there is an USIF module which can either be an UART or a
SPI Controller.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
According to the datasheet the mt7620n have a fixed switch configuration
with 5 ephy (10/100) port. No RGMII configuration is possible.
Drop the mdio node as well. Without RGMII, the mdio node doesn't make any
sense
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
[drop mdio node, enable port4 by default]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In some boards port 4 of mt7620 switch is powered down in bootloader
configuration as lan/wan package leak mitigation.
Reset ephy port 4 to default settings to power up the port.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
[clarify issue in commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This bumps the 4.4. kernel in master to 4.4.119.
Includes more Meltdown & Spectre mitigation.
* Refresh patches.
* Refresh x86/config for RETPOLINE.
* Deleted 8049-PCI-layerscape-Add-fsl-ls2085a-pcie-compatible-ID.patch (accepted upstream)
* Deleted 8050-PCI-layerscape-Fix-MSG-TLP-drop-setting.patch (accepted upstream)
* Deleted 650-pppoe_header_pad.patch (does not apply anymore (code was replaced)).
Bumps from 4.4.112 to 4.4.115 were handled by Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant.
Compile-tested on: ar71xx & oxnas.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Tested-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This patch bumps the 4.14 kernel to .23.
- Refreshed patches.
- Deleted bcm53xx/patches-4.14/089-PCI-iproc-Fix-NULL-pointer-dereference-for-BCMA.patch. Has been accepted upstream.
- Deleted generic/pending-4.14/821-usb-Remove-annoying-warning-about-bogus-URB.patch. The upstream URB code was changed,
the patch no longer applies. I discussed this with the patch author and removed it for now, we'll see how it goes.
Compile-tested on: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Run-tested on: ramips/mt7621, x86/64
Signed-off-by: Stijn Segers <foss@volatilesystems.org>
Remove dependency on net-tools, replacing calls to ifconfig with iproute
equivalent, in functions changing interface MAC addresses.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Cosmetic name change of ClearFog sysupgrade script and its functions to
more generic sdcard. This way it won't be confusing for other future
device additions.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Unify boot.scr generation so Makefile for device image generation won't
grow without a reason. Also make boot-scr step optional.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
Previously the partition signature was assigned from provided type. Now
both are corrected wherein signature is always generated from
SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH. With that the root file system can be identified
by PARTUUID string, without relying on static declaration of device node.
This commit also does some cosmetics, removing trailing whitespace and
replacing spaces with tab.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The IMAGE_NAME redefinition causes overwriting of generated SD card
image when multiple root file system types are selected. In result only
single SD card image is generated. This commit fixes this behaviour.
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
U-Boot already knows where it found the boot.scr, and
figuring out the partition UUID becomes trivial at this point.
This change allows booting OpenWrt from whatever storage it has been
flashed to: SD card, eMMC, USB disk or SATA disk.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
[replace lede with openwrt, redact commit message]
Signed-off-by: Tomasz Maciej Nowak <tomek_n@o2.pl>
The Armada XP uses a Marvell PJ4Bv7 Processor for which already one
workaround for an errata is activated.
The Armada 285 uses a Cortex A9 r4p1 for which the Linux kernel provides
a workaround for ERRATA_764369, activate this.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
With this change, the timestamp variable is only used in ag71xx_check_dma_stuck. Small tx speedup.
Based on a Qualcomm commit. ag->timestamp = jiffies was not replaced with netif_trans_update(dev) because of this quote:
It should be noted that after this series several instances
of netif_trans_update() are useless (if they occur in
.ndo_start_xmit and driver doesn't set LLTX flag -- stack already
did an update).
From: http://lists.openwall.net/netdev/2016/05/03/87
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Upstream handling of MIPS CPU IRQs is rather hackish and the interrupts
are being enabled unconditionally in various places because of legacy
code.
Performance counter events are routed both through the GIC and through
legacy CPU IRQ7 events, causing spurious interrupts.
Fix this by disabling IRQ7 when trying to access the performance counter
IRQ.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Looking for a wrong LED file name was stopping this code from find any
LED. This affects devices with only a red/amber power LED.
Fixes: 3aaee1ba02 ("bcm53xx: failsafe support")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
When CGROUPS is enabled the new option CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
selectable and not handled.
Add this option to the 4.14 kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
As each mvebu device only uses one of the firmwares provided by mwlwifi
package, it makes sense to put them in separate packages and only install
the one that is needed.
Current mwlwifi version's firmware sizes and usages by devices:
88W8864.bin 118776 caiman, mamba, cobra, shelby
88W8897.bin 489932 (none)
88W8964.bin 449420 rango
Changes by this commit:
* indicate in title that mwlwifi also is driver for 88W8897 and 88W8964
* remove mwlwifi package's firmware installation rules
* add 3 new individual firmware packages (all depends on kmod-mwlwifi):
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8864
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8897
- mwlwifi-firmware-88w8964
* add firmware package to mvebu devices' DEVICE_PACKAGES accordingly
Signed-off-by: Johnny S. Lee <_@jsl.io>
[Add the used FW files to the PACKAGES of default image]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add the patch for reprobing phys also for 4.14, as it is still needed.
Fixes: 4ccad92229 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When SFP support was accepted upstream, the expected GPIO names were
slightly changed, breaking SFP insert detection. Update the DTS file to
the expected name to make SFP work again.
Fixes: 4ccad92229 ("mvebu: Add support for kernel 4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This board has:
- mt7621 SoC
- 8MB SPI flash
- 128MB RAM
- 5x ethernet ports from internal (SoC) switch
- 1x ethernet port sitting on gmac2 and IC+ phy (not yet supported)
- 3x PCIe slots
- 1x USB 2.0 and 1x USB 3.0
- sound based on wm8960
- SDXC card slot (full size)
First fw write from interactive u-boot menu, interrupt with 2.
After that sysupgrade.
Tested both with 4.9 and 4.14
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Somewhere in the kernel 4.9 migration process it looks like this patch
was broken. The update should be done when a device is added to the
bridge and when it gets removed, currently it is only done on the remove
path twice which does not make any sense.
I do not have a setup to test this now so this is only compile tested.
Fixes: f791fb4af4 ("kernel: add linux 4.9 support")
Fixes: b3f95490b9 ("kernel: generic: Add kernel 4.14 support")
Reported-by: Andrey Jr. Melnikov <temnota.am@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Use the generic board detection based on the device tree compatible
string instead of a target specific one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The device has a second uart accessible via pin headers, so enable it.
There is also a green power led which was not enabled previously.
Enable it too and use it as status LED.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Valentin <benjamin.valentin@volatiles.de>
This caused v4.14.20 based builds so fail on mediatek.
Fixes: 6112abf186 ("kernel: enable CONFIG_USB_PCI for PCI usb modules").
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The missing CONFIG_USB_XHCI_PCI dependency on CONFIG_USB_PCI of the
µPD720201 xhci-pci(e) usb 3.0 chip used by the WNDR4700 was fixed with
6112abf186 ("kernel: enable CONFIG_USB_PCI for PCI usb modules").
Commit c38fb58576 ("kernel: fix disabling common usb quirks on 4.14")
finally fixed the following build error:
drivers/usb/host/xhci-pci.c: In function 'xhci_pci_probe':
drivers/usb/host/xhci-pci.c:749:6: error: implicit declaration of function 'usb_xhci_needs_pci_reset' [-Werror=implicit-function-declaration]
if (usb_xhci_needs_pci_reset(dev)) {
Hence the CONFIG_USB_PCI symbol isn't required any longer in target kernel
config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
ALFA Network AWUSFREE1 is an USB Wi-Fi N300 adapter based on MT7628.
Specification:
- MT7628AN (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7628) with external FEM (RFFM4203)
- 2x detachable antennas (RP-SMA)
- ASIX AX88772 USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with MT7628 PHY0)
- 4x LED (2 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x mini USB for host and main power input
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Power device with reset button pressed and release it after ~5 sec.
2. Setup static IP 192.168.1.2/4 on your PC.
3. Go to 192.168.1.1 in browser and upload "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GainStrong Oolite V5.2 is a small (39.5 x 78 mm), dual-band system on
module, based on Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9887. All QCA9531 SOC GPIOs are
available on castellated pins.
Specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (all ports available on castellated pins)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA and LNA
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887) with ext. FEM (SKY85710-11)
- 3x U.FL
- 1x USB 2.0
The dedicated development board includes 5 FE ports, USB 2.0 port, two
buttons (one directly connected to SOC reset input), header with all
GPIOs and several LEDs.
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt. LuCI or sysupgrade can be used to
flash OpenWrt firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
- combine support for Oolite/MiniBox V1.0 in single mach-*.c file
- fix model/board names
- include correct/full vendor name
- drop redundant package and factory image
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds support for AR9331 based Hak5 penetration testing tools:
- WiFi Pineapple NANO
- LAN Turtle
- Packet Squirrel
WiFi Pineapple NANO specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: 1T1R AR9331 (built-in), 1T1R AR9271 (built-in via USB bus)
- Ethernet: 1x FE over USB (ASIX AX88772A)
- Ports: 2x RP-SMA for antennas, 1x USB 2.0 (host), 1x micro SD
- Power: USB 5 V, 1.5 A
- Other: status LED, reset button
LAN Turtle specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: none
- Ethernet: 1x FE (AR9331), 1x FE over USB (Realtek RTL8152B)
- Ports: 1x RJ45, version dependent: micro SD or 3G SIM slot
- Power: USB 5 V, 0.5 A
- Other: status LED, reset button (inside, on PCB)
Packet Squirrel specifications:
- SoC: Atheros AR9331 (400 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB (DDR2)
- FLASH: 16 MB
- WiFi: none
- Ethernet: 2x FE (AR9331)
- Ports: 2x RJ45, 1x USB 2.0
- Power: USB 5 V, 0.12 A
- Other: status LED, reset button, 4-way switch
Flash instructions for all 3 devices:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade via SSH to flash.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Kinne <contact@sebkinne.com>
[squashed commits, combined and reworked mach files, aligned board
naming with general convention, fixed minor issues, tested on real
hardware, reworded commit subject and description]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Some NBG6716 do not have ath10k calibration data in flash, only in chip
OTP. To determine if flash has a valid calibration data, the first two
bytes telling the length of the calibration data are checked against the
requested length. If the lengths match, calibration data is valid and
read from flash.
Signed-off-by: Matti Laakso <matti.laakso@outlook.com>
Vendor released new model (AP80Q) which is identical from hardware point
of view with already supported AP90Q. Include AP80Q in machine name.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
YunCore T830 is a simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch, detachable
antennas and USB 2.0 port.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531), with ext. PA (SKY65174-21) and LNA
- two external, detachable antennas (RP-SMA)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 8x LED (7 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART and JTAG headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. First, gain root access to the device, following below steps:
- Login into web gui (default password/IP: admin/192.168.188.253).
- Go to "Advanced" -> "Management" -> "System" and download backup of
configuration (bakfile.bin).
- Open the file as tar.gz archive, edit/update "shadow" file and change
hash of root password to something known.
- Repack the archive, rename it back to "bakfile.bin" and use to
restore configuration of the device.
- After that, device will reboot and can be accessed over SSH.
2. Then, install OpenWrt:
- Login over SSH and issue command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fe80000"
- Upload "sysupgrade" image and install it (only if previous command
succeeded) with command: "sysupgrade -n -F openwrt-...".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Samsung WAM250 is a dual-band (selectable, not simultaneous) wireless
hub, dedicated for Samsung Shape Wireless Audio System. The device is
based on Atheros AR9344. FCC ID: A3LWAM250.
Specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4/5 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (SE2598L, SE5003L) and LNA
- 1x USB 2.0
- 4x LED (all are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wps/speaker add)
- DC jack for main power input (14 V)
- UART header on PCB (J4, RX: 3, TX: 5)
Flash instruction:
This device uses dual-image (switched between upgrades) with a common
jffs2 config partition. Fortunately, there is a way to disable this mode
so that more flash space can be used by OpenWrt image.
You can easily access this device over telnet, using root/root
credentials (the same also work for serial console access).
1. Make sure that your device uses second (bootpart=2) image using
command: "fw_printenv bootpart".
2. If your device uses first image (bootpart=1), perform upgrade to the
latest vendor firmware (after the update, device should boot from
second partition) using web gui (default login: admin/1234567890).
3. Rename "sysupgrade" image to "firmware.bin", download it (you can use
wget, tftp or ftpget) to "/tmp" and issue below commands:
mtd_debug erase /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin | awk -F' ' '{print $1}')
mtd_debug write /dev/mtd3 0 $(wc -c /tmp/firmware.bin)
fw_setenv bootpart
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f070000"
reboot
Revert to vendor firmware instruction:
1. Download vendor firmware to "/tmp" device and issue below commands:
fw_setenv bootpart 1
sysupgrade -n -F SS_BHUB_v2.2.05.bin
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E385AC is an AC2200 ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based
on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9558 + QCA9984 + QCA8337N.
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9558), with external LNA and PA (SE2576L)
- 4T4R 5 GHz (QCA9984), with external FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 7x internal antennas
- 1x RGB LED (driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- UART, LEDs/GPIO and USB headers on PCB
- external watchdog (Pericon Technology PT7A7514)
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are now supported two versions of the CF-E355AC board which differ
in 802.11ac radio chip. Include version number in board, model, image
filename, etc., also for the v1.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
COMFAST CF-E355AC v2 is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9886.
Short specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 128MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
- 2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a, WAVE 2
- built-in 4x 3 dBi antennas
- output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
[updated kernel config for both boards]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The "QCA9531 v2.0 802.11n 2x2 2.4 GHz Premium SOC for WLAN Platforms"
datasheet (80-Y7991-1 Rev. C - October 2014) doesn't specify support for a
40 Mhz reference clock. The register description for "Bootstrap Options"
(page 31) defines following states for the bit 4 (REF_CLK):
* 0 - CLK25 (default)
* 1 - (reserved)
Devices like the TP-Link CPE210 v2 has this bit set to 1 but is using a 25
Mhz reference clock. OpenWrt is still interpreted this bit as 40 Mhz and
then break the bootup of the system due to this incorrect interpretation.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven@narfation.org>
[refreshed patches]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
WHQX E1700AC v2 is based on Qualcomm QCA9563 + QCA9880 + QCA8334.
Specification:
- 750/400/250 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz (QCA9563) with external FEM (SKY85309-11)
- 3T3R 5 GHz (QCA9880) with external FEM (SKY85728-11)
- 2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (USB 2.0 bus only)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 1x USB 2.0
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 2-pos switch
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J5) and LEDs (J13) headers on PCB
WHQX E600G is based on Qualcomm QCA9531.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531) with external PA (LXK-6601)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (one port with PoE support)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 1x microSIM slot
- 5x LED (4 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-48 V)
- UART (J100), SIM (J34), JTAG (J5) and LEDs (J7) headers on PCB
WHQX E600GAC is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 + QCA9887.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887) with external FEM (SKY85703-11)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED (1x RGB, 5 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x DC jack for main power input (9-12 V)
- UART (J100), USB (J102), JTAG (J5) and LEDs (J7) header on PCB
Important notice:
First version of these boards are using different mtd layout, with ART
data at the end. You should not use v2 images on v1 board because it
will result in lost of ART data!
Flash instruction (using U-Boot CLI and tftp server):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.10 and tftp server.
2. Rename "sysupgrade" filename to "firmware.bin" and place it in tftp
server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, power up the board and press
"enter" key to access U-Boot CLI.
4. Use the following command to update the device to OpenWrt: "run lfw".
Flash instruction (using U-Boot web-based recovery):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.xxx(2-254)/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
the board and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until LEDs
start flashing.
3. Open your browser and enter 192.168.1.1, select "sysupgrade" image
and click the upgrade button.
Signed-off-by: Peng Zhang <sd20@qxwlan.com>
[reworked: image generation code, mach-* files, commit description,
fixed minor code style issues, rebased on master]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
You should not define CFLAGS for the toolchain as this will also leak
into other targets if they share the same toolchain.
Cc: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The CN80XX Boot firmware uses an embedded FAT12 filesystem. For some reason
busybox can't mount this unless its enabled static in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
When this target got updated to 4.14, this patch got removed to
re-evaluate if it was still needed.
Extensive testing now shows this issue is still present.
Let's re-add the patch to fix it for now.
As the uart bus is very low bandwidth .. performance impact is negligible.
Boot log:
[ 22.513051] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 22.522721] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
As a sidenote:
The patch mentiones an issue with RS485, but the bootlog
errors above were recorded with the uart ports in standard RS232 mode.
Compile/Run-tested on imx6/GW5200
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This makes it possible to add an iptables rule that offloads routing/NAT
packet processing to a software fast path. This fast path is much
quicker than running packets through the regular tables/chains.
Requires Linux 4.14
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This only works with nftables for now, iptables support will be added
later. Includes a number of related upstream nftables improvements to
simplify backporting follow-up changes
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The hardware emits some interrupts while initializing and handling them
can mess up the state or cause infinite loops.
Fix this by disabling IRQs during init and re-enabling them afterwards
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Tama Electric Axing W06 is a 2.4 GHz band 11n router, based on Mediatek
MT7688AN.
Specification:
- MT7688AN (575 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2 SDRAM)
- 16 MB of Flash (SPI)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x LEDs (GPIO connected: 3), 1x button
- 1x USB 2.0 Type-A (host)
- UART header on PCB (GND, RX, TX, Vcc from RJ45 side)
Flash instruction using sysupgrade image:
1. Connect micro-USB cable for power supply into W06 and turn on the
router
2. Connect to wifi with SSID "tama-*" with password. Complete SSID and
password are listed on the back of the router
3. Access to 192.168.1.1 and login with user name "admin" and password
empty
4. In firmware update（ファームウェア更新） page, click "参照" button
and click "ブラウザー" button to open file browser, select the
sysupgrade image and press OK button
5. Wait ~150 seconds to complete flashing
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
Use the generic board detection for the GnuBee Personal Cloud Two
instead of the target specific one as all recent additions are doing.
Fixup the pinmux to set all pins used as GPIO to the function GPIO.
Request pins where used.
Drop the i2c from the dts. There is nothing connected. While at it fix an
indentation issue and use references instead of duplicating the whole
node path.
Use the same switch config as for the GB-PC1 and drop the led trigger for
the not supported IP1001 phy connected to second rgmii.
Fixes: c60a21532b ("ramips: Add support for the GnuBee Personal Cloud Two")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the generic board detection for the D-Link DAP-1522 A1 instead of the
target specific one as all recent additions are doing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Updated the devicetree source files to make use of the following
upstreamed drivers:
- xrx200 ethernet phy
- reset controller unit
- dwc2
- fpi
Use our custom xrx200 ethernet phy compatible to support boards, which
have switched the vr9 revision during lifetime, with a single devicetree
source file.
By switching to the dwc2 driver + usb phy framework, we don't need to used
our custom gpio power patch and can use a fixed regulator instead.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
On danube the USB0 registers are at 1e101000 similar to all other lantiq
SoCs.
On Danube and AR9 the USB core is connected to the AHB bus, hence we need
to enable the AHB Bus as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add a custom xrx200 ethernet phy compatible to load the firmware matching
the vr9 revision without specifing an expected revision.
We have quite a few boards in the tree were later produced ones are using
a more recent vr9. It is impossible to distinguish which revision of the
vr9 is used without opening the case and removing a heatsink for some of
them.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts kernel commit 1eed40043579 ("MIPS: smp-mt: Use CPU interrupt
controller IPI IRQ domain support"). With the patch applied, the kernel
hangs during boot if SMP is active.
The Lantiq IRQ controller gets registered first and it directly handles
the MIPS native SW1/2 and HW0 - HW5 IRQs. It looks like this controller
already registers IRQ 0 - 7 and the generic driver only gets the following
IRQs starting later.
The upstream discussion can be found at
https://www.linux-mips.org/archives/linux-mips/2017-05/msg00059.html.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This just copies the patches, configuration and dts files into the
directories hich are used for kernel 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Move the devicetree source files to a kernel specific directory in
preparation of adding kernel 4.14 support.
Rename the subtarget kernel config files to match a specific kernel
version.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the gphy firmware to match the name requested by kernel 4.14 and
update the devicetree source files to use the new name.
Update the u-boot lantiq Makefile to be compatible with the new names as
well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add support to allow for per switch port VLAN priority (PCP) bits
for the ar8327/8337 chip using the swconfig utility.
Tested on Netgear R7800
Signed-off-by: Tan Hong Hui <hhtan72@yahoo.com>
This issue is also present in kernel 4.9 starting from 4.9.71
Adapted the patch, as the fixed function is in another location here.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
This reverts commit 6c2e1ff80f.
GNU gzip does not fail when the image filename already contains the .gz
extension, this is a problem specific to pigz. Revert the commit, as we
now gzip the image twice.
Reported-by: Martin Schleier <drahemmaps@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Support for kernel 4.14 was added 2 months ago, make it now the default
kernel to use for the x86 target.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Tested-by: Stijn Segers <francesco.borromini@inventati.org>
The gzip step in the sdcard image build fails because the image filename
already has the gzip extension. This results in an empty image file, to
which the metadata is finally appended.
Remove the .gz extension from the image filename to fix this.
Fixes: e79b096ee1 ("brcm2708: convert to metadata")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
In the initial patch which adds HSDK board there were no update
of network configuration scripts. Without it by default static IP
is set for br-lan and there is no access to internet.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Orange Pi Zero Plus uses a RTL8211E, add the driver for this PHY.
This is probably used on more boards with a Allwinner SoC.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Calling nand_do_upgrade() from platform_pre_upgrade() was deprecated
with 30f61a34b4 ("base-files: always use staged sysupgrade").
Update the platform upgrade code to use platform_do_upgrade() for NAND
images as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The watchdog kill command was meant for busybox watchdog. Busybox watchdog
was replaced by the procd watchdog mid 2013 with commit df7ce9301a
("busybox: disable the watchdog utility by default"), which makes the kill
command obsolete since quite some time.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
- removed upstreamed patches
- 0901-spansion_nand_id_fix.patch is disabled, not clear if it's needed
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
On MT7621, the REG_ESW_VLAN_VTIM reads are undefined, causing swconfig
to always report `vid: 0` in swconfig show output.
Since a 4K VLAN table is used on this platform, the VLAN ID always
correponds to the actual VLAN table index so provide a specific MT7621
implementation of the get_vid callback which returns the table index
as VLAN ID.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Currently, untagged port primary vlan IDs are set to the VLAN table index,
and not the actual VLAN ID, breaking configurations with IDs deviating from
the VLAN index.
Fix the issue by resolving the per-port pvid property to the target VLAN ID
value before committing to the hardware.
Fixes FS#991, FS#1147, FS#1341
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Avoid overwriting vlan entries with remapped vid in later iterations of
the vlan enumeration loop of mt7530_apply_config().
Fix the problem by refactoring the code to first reset the entire table,
then reprogram only vlans with members to prevent overwriting configured
vlans with unconfigured ones.
Fixes FS#1147, FS#1341
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The current image build code has a number of race conditions and interface
contract violations in the custom image build steps:
- Build/install-zImage, solely used by at91, relies on $(PROFILE_SANITIZED)
which is not available when building with CONFIG_TARGET_MULTI_PROFILE
- Build/at91-sdcard, which may run concurrently, creates scratch files at
fixed locations and manipulates target files directly which can lead
to file corruption and other unexpected failures
Rename the install-zImage macro to at91-install-zImage and move it to the
at91 image Makefile since this target is the sole user. Also utilize "$@"
as output file name and switch the usage of $(PROFILE_SANITIZED) to
$(DEVICE_NAME) in order to fix naming under multi profile builds.
Fix the at91-sdcard macro to construct scratch file paths relative to "$@",
which is guaranteed to be unique and store the final artifact output in "$@"
as well, instead of inside $(BIN_DIR). The generic image build code takes
care of moving a build steps "$@" output to the final destination in a
concurrency-safe manner.
Finally remove the broken install-zImage from the generic image-commands
Makefile.
Fixes: d7a679a036 ("at91: Install zImage.")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This drops support for all the !emmc EVB and adds banannaPi-R2
Also drop mtkhnat until the nftables offoad driver is ready
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This patch adds support for GL.iNet GL-B1300
Specification:
- SOC: IPQ4028 / QCA Dakota
- RAM: 256 MiB
- FLASH: 32 MiB
- ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (2 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
- USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
- WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4028 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
- WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4028 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
- INPUT: one reset and one WPS button
- LEDS: 3 leds: Power, WIFI(only for 2.4G currently), and one reserved
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (3.3V, TX, RX, GND) - 115200 8N1
Installation:
Method 1:
- use serial port to stop uboot
- uboot command: run lf
Method 2:
- push down reset button and power on
- wait until three leds constantly on then release
- upgrade by uboot web at http://192.168.1.1
Note:
- the sysupgrade image need to be renamed to lede-gl-b1300.bin in both method.
- the sysupgrade image can be automatically downloaded if tftp server at
192.168.1.2 have that file.
- the wifi led will be flashing when writing image.
Signed-off-by: Dongming Han <handongming@gl-inet.com>
Synopsys DesignWare HSDK (which stands for ARC HS
Development Kit) is the latest and greatest development
platform that sports quad-core ARC HS38 in real silicon.
Most noticeable features of the board are:
* Quad-core ARC HS38 CPU running at 1GHz
* 4Gb of DDR
* Built-in Vivante GPU (well supported via open source
Etnaviv drivers)
* Built-in Wi-Fi/Bluetooth module (RedPine RS-9113)
And as usual we have:
* [micro] SD-card slot
* 2 USB 2.0 ports
* 1Gbit Ethernet port
* Built-in Digilent JTAG probe
* Serial port accessible via micro-USB port
For more information about HSDK board visit:
https://www.synopsys.com/dw/ipdir.php?ds=arc-hs-development-kit
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
We have managed to get USB 2.0 working good enough
on all archs38 platforms so we're ready to switch
to much faster USB 2.0.
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
CC: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
CC: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
CC: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
sysfs attributes 'port_mask' & 'speed_mask' held locks whilst doing
mundane tasks such as sprintf. Refactor code to reduce length of time
locks are held unnecessarily.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Add sysfs 'mode' attribute to swconfig controlled LEDs.
swconfig 'link state' LEDs blink in the presence of port traffic. This
behaviour becomes more obvious as switches start to support
get_port_stats() e.g. commits 0369e35891,
3056d09b40,
4ddbc43cc1,
4d8a66d934.
This blinking can be confusing/distracting if the switch has other LEDs
used to indicate traffic. Provide a 'mode' sysfs attribute that
controls the blink on traffic behaviour.
mode - either "none" (LED is off) or a space separated list of one or more:
link: LED's normal state reflects whether the link is up (has carrier) or not
tx: LED blinks on transmitted data
rx: LED blinks on receive data
Note that 'link' considers any port speed mask that may be applicable.
e.g. if an LED is configured to indicate 1Gbit link speed and mode is
set to 'link rx tx' but the port is connected at 100Mbit then the LED
will not light or blink. A mode of 'tx rx' will blink in the presence of
traffic only if the port matches the rate (if configured)
This maintains compatibility with existing behaviour.
Attribute is 'link tx rx' by default for backwards compatible behaviour.
Many thanks to Thibaut Varene for providing a more sensible led_event
routine after I had mangled the original, and other coding style hints.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Acked-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The name of the PCIe controller node in device tree changed between
kernel 4.9 and kernel 4.14. Migrate the configuration when an update
from kernel 4.9 to 4.14 or back is done to the new name to make
the existing wifi configuration compatible with the new names.
This replaces the "pcie-controller" part with "pcie" on all nodes if the
file exists in sys fs.
This is not done in the uci-defualts, because they are getting executed
to late in the boot process. The kernel module gets loaded before the
uci-defaults scripts are executed. When the mwlwifi driver gets loaded
it will trigger an event via hotplug to detect new devices and as the
paths are not in the uci configuration they will be added again.
When the migration is done before the script will detect that they are
already there.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add support for kernel 4.14 to the mvebu target.
This also replaces the old sfp and phylink patches with new versions
from Russell's clearfog-4.13 branch
http://git.arm.linux.org.uk/cgit/linux-arm.git/log/?h=clearfog-4.13
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is needed to prevent copying it into kernel 4.14.
These device tree files are already integrated into kernel 4.14 and we
would like to use the upstream versions only.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of creating an ubifs file system with format version 5 by
default on empty UBI volumes use the older format 4 by default. This
will make it possible to mount these file systems also on older kernel
versions.
When a user wants to do a sysupgrade from kernel 4.14 to kernel 4.9 the
old kernel has to read the file system created by the more recent kernel
which currently does not work for ubifs.
This fixes the problem by creating file systems which are compatible
with older kernel versions by default.
Kernel 4.14 will still be able to read and write UBI FS file system
version 5, it will just not be used when a ubifs partition is created
implicitly on an empty UBI volume.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The root= parameter overrides the automatic rootfs detection by partition
name, so drop it. Fixes boot from flash after renumeration changes of
partitions due to parser changes.
Fixes FS#1350.
Fixes: a27d59bb42 ("brcm63xx: switch to new partition layout specification")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Instead of writing to the currently booted partition set, this
implements full dual-boot support for sysupgrade by always writing to
the other, currently inactive, partition set and toggling the dualflag
after a successful flash.
The currently active/ booted partition set is determined by parsing
/proc/cmdline for its rootfs parameter (supplied by the DTS), instead
of reading from the 0:DUAL_FLAG mtd, in order to prevent (potentially)
bricking both partition sets.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Instead of hardcoding /dev/loop0, it's safer to query for the first
free loop device and assign that dynamically. While /dev/loop0 is a
reasonable assumption immediately following "losetup --detach-all",
detaching the mounted overlay is no longer strictly necessary once
dual-boot support has been added for the nbg6817.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Harmonize the variable usage for $kernel and $rootfs to always contain
the full device path, instead of just its basename.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
PHY drivers were grouped into vendor specific directories
by upstream commit 0b56e9a7e8358e59b21d8a425e463072bfae523c
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Add more registers and flags to ar71x_regs.h for QCA955x and QCA956x
SoCs. Values come from Qualcomm Atheros u-boot code.
Patches can be merged into
622-MIPS-ath79-add-more-register-defines-for-QCA956x-SoC.patch
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
D-Link DAP-1522 is a wireless bridge/access point with 4 LAN
ports and a dual-band wireless chipset.
Specifications:
- Ralink RT2880
- 32 MB of RAM
- 4 MB of Flash
- 4x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet (RTL8366SR)
- 802.11abgn (RT2850)
Flash Instructions:
1. Download lede-ramips-rt288x-dap-1522-a1-squashfs-factory.bin
2. Open the web interface and upload the image
Signed-off-by: George Hopkins <george-hopkins@null.net>
EG-200 is a DIN rail mountable device with one ethernet port, wifi,
an RS-485 port, and an internal USB attached uSD card reader.
Two leds, "modbus" and "etactica" are managed by userspace applications
in factory firmware.
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Karl Palsson <karlp@etactica.com>
The tftp.bin image for Buffalo WHR-G300N was not built, so I was fixed
it after rewriting to new image build code. And the code for
factory-EU.bin was broken, so I deleted it.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
- Remove kernel 4.9 support
- Apply specific 4.14 changes directly to source
- Refreshed all
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The Cavium OCTEON TX is an ARM 64-bit SoC leveraging CPU cores and
periperhals from the Cavium ThunderX SoC.
This initial support provides a 4.14 kernel and kernel+initramfs that is
bootable on the Gateworks Newport GW630x as well as the Cavium sff8104
reference board.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
The Device Tree file for I2SE Duckbill boards was updated upstream.
Let's use the upstream version for upcoming kernel 4.14 by keeping
our current version for v4.9 still around.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
The GnuBee Personal Cloud Two crowdfunded on https://www.crowdsupply.com
It is a low-cost, low-power, network-attached storage device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 512 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Six SATA ports for 3.5" Drives
- One SDcard
- One USB 3.0
- Two USB 2.0
- Gigabit Ethernet: Three Ports
- UART 3.5mm Audio Jack or 3 pin header - 57600 8N1
- Three GPIOs available on a pin header
Flash instructions:
The GnuBee Personal Cloud Two ships with libreCMC installed.
libreCMC is a Free Software Foundation approved fork of LEDE/OpenWrt.
As such one can upgrade using the webinterface or sysupgrade.
Das U-Boot has multiple options for recovery or updates including :
- USB
- http
- tftp
Errata:
- While there are three ethernet ports, the third requires support for
the second GMAC. This will come in kernel 4.14.
- The first hard drive slot has a clearance issue with the two fan
headers. Workaround is to pull the headers out and connect the pins to
jumper wires.
- Using this device as a NAS is problematic with the 4.9 kernel as many
/dev/sdX reads throw silent errors. The current theory behind this is
some kind of unhandled DMA mapping error in the kernel. This is not an
issue with kernel 4.4.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Updated pfe kernel patch to clean up iounmap(pfe->ddr_baseaddr).
pfe->ddr_baseaddr was got through phys_to_virt() not ioremap(),
so iounmap() for pfe->ddr_baseaddr should be removed.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add a known issue of make menuconfig
in README file. This is also a common issue for OpenWrt.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch changes the declarations of ndo_get_stats64 handlers
to the previous struct rtnl_link_stats64 * return type instead of
the mainline void return.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Tis patch is to fix up some descriptions in README.
Per-device rootfs had been supported, and a known issue
had been found. These also should be updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some layerscape devices (ls1012ardb/ls1012afrdm/ls1046ardb/ls1088ardb)
were using ext4 rootfs because there were issues using squashfs.
This patch is to drop using ext4 rootfs and use ubifs rootfs instead
which is more proper for SPI-NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to remove USB configs for 32-bit device since
they're already in kmod package. Also removed TI platform
specific configs.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Patches changes
- Updated patches-4.9 to NXP LSDK1712 linux-4.9.
- Merged changes of patch 303 into integrated patch 201.
- Split changes of patch 706 into dpaa part and dpaa2
part, and merged these changes into integrated patches
701 and 705.
- Removed patch 819 since ehci-fsl driver could be compiled now.
- Refreshed these patches.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This device is identical as TP-Link RE450
RE355 is a dual-band AC1200 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9558+QCA9880.
Specification:
720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
64/128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
3T3R 2.4 GHz
3T3R 5 GHz
1x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
7x LED, 3x button
UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Web:
Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c60-v2-squashfs-factory.bin
and use OEM System Tools - Firmware Upgrade site.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
This will introduce a warning on 3.18, but fixes an error when
compiling for 4.9.
Fixes: cf9e0a59aa ("ar7: add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
When clearfog was renamed to clearfog pro, it broke sysupgrade from
17.04 as the new images now get rejected as incompatible. Fix this by
adding the legacy boardname to the compatible devices.
Fixes: ec4a8c6dee ("mvebu: ClearFog renamed upstream to ClearFog Pro")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for kernel 4.9 based on the more upstream comformant
partition defintions. Increases compressed kernel size by ~95k
compared to 4.4.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Partitions are supposed to be enclosed in an extra partitions node. Allow
the bcm63xxpart parser to cope with that.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The lookup needs to be called just "reset" for the common code.
Fixes: 054c0d4e31 ("brcm63xx: backport mdio-bus reset gpio support")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The arm CPUs uses in the supported Mediatket SoCs have a FPU accordingly
to the datasheet, activate it also. The CPU subtype "neon-vfpv4" is
selected, but the toolcahin generated for this SoC will still be
compiled with soft float and not with the hard float ABI as we haven't
the fpu feature flag set. If this toolchain is reused by other targets
this will even affect other targets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The BDFs for OpenMesh A42 were upstreamed [1] to the ath10k-firmware
repository and are now part of ath10k-firmware 2018-01-26. The
ipq-wifi-openmesh_a42 package can now be dropped because OpenWrt already
ships the QCA4019 board-2.bin from this version.
[1] https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/drivers/ath10k/boardfiles
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
COMFAST CF-E375AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9563 + QCA9886 + QCA8337.
Short specification:
2x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
128MB of RAM (DDR2)
16 MB of FLASH
3T3R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a, wave 2
built-in 5x 3 dBi antennas
output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
1x RGB LED, 1x button
built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Ding Tengfei <dtf@comfast.cn>
TP-Link Archer C50 v3 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7612E.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 4x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC50v3 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC50v3-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
The D-Link devices with JBOOT bootloader use their own kernel
image header (stag + sch2 headers).
This driver find jImage header and set rootfs start after kernel file.
Signed-off-by: Pawel Dembicki <paweldembicki@gmail.com>
This commit marks the CPUs switchport explicit as untagged.
Otherwise, an eth0.1 interface is created and the devices
LAN-ports are not working.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
Use "$(DTS_DIR)", defined at include/image.mk, instead of
"$(LINUX_DIR)/arch/$(LINUX_KARCH)/boot/dts" in order to generalize and
allow a better Device/* device-tree parameterization (i.e. DEVICE_DTS_DIR
and DTS_DIR).
Signed-off-by: Adrià Llaudet <adria.llaudet@gmail.com>
Update Linux kernel version from 4.9 to 4.14 for archs38.
config-4.14 was simply regenerated with "make kernel_menuconfig".
Signed-off-by: Evgeniy Didin <Evgeniy.Didin@synopsys.com>
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This config option was renamed in upstream Linux commit 681bec0367
("tracing: Rename update the enum_map file")
Reported-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Convert userspace code to use generic device-tree compatible board
detection method. Users of the existing code will have to use
sysupgrade -F once to switch to the new generic board naming.
Properly setup pinctrl fixing the switch port LEDs.
Fixes commit 9c4fe103cb (ramips: add support for ZBT-WE1226)
Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Locally generated packets weren't forwarded to the isolated interfaces in a
bridge. Isolation should only prevent the flooding of incomming packets to
other interfaces in the bridge.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Danzberger <daniel@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Qualcomm claims this improves the D-cache footprint. Origina commit message below:
From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Fri, 7 Jun 2013 10:57:28 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] cluster/align structs for cache perf
Cluster the frequently used, per-packet structures in ag71xx near
to each other, and cacheline-align them. Some other re-ordering
occurred to move "warmer" structures near the per-packet structures.
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This machfile also contains the code for the TL-WR842N/ND v2, which is in
ar71xx-generic and not in ar71xx-tiny.
Fixes: 0cd5e85e7a "ar71xx: create new ar71xx/tiny subtarget for 4MB flash
devices"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
To make it more accessible for nodejs users to configure and run a build
on mips target lacking hardware fpu
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Add the Embedded Wireless "Balin" platform
SoC: QCA AR9344 or AR9350
RAM: DDR2-RAM 64MBytes
Flash: SPI-NOR 16MBytes
WLAN: 2 x 2 MIMO 2.4 & 5 GHz IEEE802.11 a/b/g/n
Ethernet: 3 x 10/100 Mb/s
USB: 1 x USB2.0 Host/Device bootstrap-pin at power-up
PCI-Express: 1 x lane PCIe 1.2
UART: 1 x Normal, 1 x High-Speed
JTAG: 1 x EJTAG
GPIO: 10 x Input/Output multiplexed
The module comes already with the current vanilla OpenWrt firmware.
To update, use "sysupgrade" image directly in vendor firmware.
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
Widora has updated their Widora Neo board recently.
The new model uses 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI flash
instead of the original 16MB SOP-8 factor SPI flash.
All the other hardware components are the same as
the first revision.
Detailed hardware specs listed below:
CPU: MTK MT7688AN
RAM: 128MB DDR2
ROM: 32MB WSON-8 factor SPI Flash (Winbond)
WiFi: Built-in 802.11n 150Mbps?
Ethernet: 10/100Mbps x1
Audio codec: WM8960
Other IO: USB OTG;
USB Power+Serial (CP2104);
3x LEDs (Power, LAN, WiFi);
2x Keys (WPS, CPU Reset)
1x Audio In/Out
1x IPEX antenna port
1x Micro SD slot
Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename the Widora neo by adding a flash size prefix. Move the common parts
into a dtsi to be prepare everything for upcomming support of the 32MB
version.
Migrate the Widora neo to the generic board detection as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
When CGROUPS is enabled the new option CONFIG_CGROUP_NET_CLASSID is
selectable and not handled.
Add this option to the 4.9 kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
commit e15c63a375
ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC)
changed the existing rb-nor-flash-16M-ac image in a way that it would
now only support the rb-wapg-5hact2hnd.
The board show however rather be added to the existing boards in the
rb-nor-flash-16M image template.
Reported-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The USB Ethernet is not working with the patches proposed for upstream,
fix this and activate the SPI node as this board always has a SPI flash.
Both patches are also targeted for upstream kernel 4.16 and 4.17.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Instead of using our own device tree definitions use the one provided in
the upstream kernel for 4.16.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Ethernet support was initial added in kernel 4.13, but deactivated
before the final release. This is backports the changes which are
activating it again from kernel 4.15.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is based on the code for kernel 4.9, but a lot of 4.9 patches are
backports from more recent kernel version and can be removed now.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Just refresh the sunxi kernel configuration.
This also moves the CONFIG_CRYPTO_DEV_SUN4I_SS_PRNG option to the
config-4.9 file.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The patch adds support for the MikroTik RB911-2Hn (911 Lite2)
and the RB911-5Hn (911 Lite5) boards:
https://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-2Hnhttps://mikrotik.com/product/RB911-5Hn
The two boards are using the same hardware design, the only difference
between the two is the supported wireless band.
Specifications:
* SoC: Atheros AR9344 (600MHz)
* RAM: 64MiB
* Storage: 16 MiB SPI NOR flash
* Ethernet: 1x100M (Passive PoE in)
* Wireless: AR9344 built-in wireless MAC, single chain
802.11b/g/n (911-2Hn) or 802.11a/g/n (911-5Hn)
Notes:
* Older versions of these boards might be equipped with a NAND
flash chip instead of the SPI NOR device. Those boards are not
supported (yet).
* The MikroTik RB911-5HnD (911 Lite5 Dual) board also uses the
same hardware. Support for that can be added later with little
effort probably.
Installation:
1. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with the following parameters:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name): pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name): matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image. The usable intramfs files are:
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-vmlinux-initramfs-lzma.elf
- openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-initramfs-kernel.bin
2. Press the reset button on the board and keep that pressed.
3. Connect the board to your local network via its ethernet port.
4. Release the button after the LEDs on the board are turned off.
Now the board should load and start the initramfs image from
the TFTP server.
5. Upload the sysupgrade image to the board with scp:
$ scp openwrt-ar71xx-mikrotik-rb-nor-flash-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin root@192.168.1.1:/tmp/fw.bin
5. Log in to the running system listening on 192.168.1.1 via ssh
as root (without password):
$ ssh root@192.168.1.1
7. Flash the uploaded firmware file from the ssh session via the
sysupgrade command:
root@OpenWrt:~# sysupgrade /tmp/fw.bin
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Add patches for the leds-gpio driver to make it usable with
open-drain and open-source kind of GPIO lines.
This type of functionality is required by various MikroTik boards.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Modify the rbspi_platform_setup() function to return the pointer of the
rb_info structure. This allows board specific setup routines to access
the various fields of the information. It is useful for investigating
the hardware option bits for example.
Also update the board setup codes, to ensure that those handle the new
return value correctly.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Add bit definitions for the 'hardware options' tag which is used in
the MikroTik devices' hardware configurations. These values can be
used in board setup codes, to do different initialization sequences.
The values were obtained from the RouterOS 6.41-rc38 patches.
Additionally, introduce two helper functions what make the processing
of the hardware options easy.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Support for Winbond NAND flash detection was added into the generic
patches and this conflicted with this patch adding Gigadevice support.
Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Some part of this patch was added to the generic patches as it was
needed also for some other target. Do not add it here any more.
Fixes: 02050f7e7d ("kernel/4.{4, 9}: add manufacturer ID for Winbond NANDs")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the new configuration option CONFIG_RETPOLINE and
refreshes the configuration.
Fixes: d8565a06dc ("kernel: bump 4.9 to 4.9.77")
Fixes: 9ddfac8015 ("kernel: bump 4.14 to 4.14.14")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This replaces the current patches used to make the kernel headers
compatible with musl with the version which was accepted upstream. This
is included in upstream kernel 4.15.
This was compile tested with iproute2 build on all supported kernel
versions with musl and one one with glibc.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
nftables 0.8.1 generates some new commands which will not work without
this on big endian systems. This patch is included in Linux 4.11 and
later.
My rule matching a TCP port was not working:
nft add rule ip foo bar ct state new tcp dport 22 accept
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The patch 0022-dts-ipq4019-support-ARMv7-PMU.patch
was merged into 4.8-rc1.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
[refresh patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
During the integration of the ipq40xx target,
the phy drivers were included into the ipq806x's
target kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch renames the AVM FRITZ!Box 4040's board-2.bin
file and package to match the 'vendor_product' format.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch aligns the device-tree file with the latest
guidelines.
- No longer include qcom-ipq4019-ap.dk01.1.dtsi. This
file is only partially upstream and therefore subjected
to changes that might not be compatible with the board.
As a result, the definitions from the file have been
copied into this dts.
- exclusively use decimal GPIO addresses.
- reorganize the reserved-memory layout to waste less
memory. There's no point in keeping the u-boot loader
around. This should also make it possible to create
an image that will boot with the original EVA/ADAM2 loader
without needing to install the modified u-boot loader.
And finally mark the "tz-apps" as reusable.
There isn't a way to upload apps to the trust-zone in OpenWrt
yet. But it might see some use in the future as a "secure"
key-store/TPM.
- sort the first-level nodes alphabetically.
- sort nodes with an address by the address.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
According to console log during TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 OEM firmware update
procedure 0x3e0000-0x3f0000 64kB "config" partition, which is used to store
router's configuration settings, is erased and recreated again during every
OEM firmware update procedure, thus does not contain any valuable factory data.
So it is conviniant to use this extra 64kB erase block for jffs overlay due
limited flash size on this device like it used on TP-Link's ar71xx boards.
Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
The platform_check_image() stub need to return 0 for success, otherwise
the sysupgrade will fail with:
Image check 'platform_check_image' failed.
Fixes: aa6f5f1787 ("kirkwood: use image metadata")
Signed-off-by: 尤晓杰 <yxj790222@163.com>
[reworded commit message}
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the first found directory in the tar archive instead of relying on
a directory named according to the userspace boardname.
It allows to change the boardname without adding another compatibility
layer to the zyxel sysupgrade.
Fixes: 33f09cf151 ("ipq806x: convert to dt-based board-detection")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The setup code of the OpenMesh OM5P ACv2 device uses nothing
from the mdio-gpio.h header, so remove the inclusion of that.
Also remove the kernel version check which is needed only
because the mdio-gpio.h header exists in a different path
in older kernels.
Compile tested only.
Cc: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Commit e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
G-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC") broke the format of the patches. In unified diff
format, the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space
character.
Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.
Fixes: e15c63a375 ("ar71xx: add support for MikroTik RouterBOARD wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The patches introduced in commit 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable
PCI on QCA9556 SoC") have non standard format. In unified diff format,
the unchanged, contextual lines must be preceded by a space character.
Refresh the patches with quilt to fix them.
Fixes: 20e68f6d39 ("ar71xx: kernel: enable PCI on QCA9556 SoC")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The setup code defines four individual structures for the
Reset buttons of the supported boards. The only difference
between the definitions is the GPIO number used for the
button.
Replace the different structures with one generic variant,
and add a helper function to simplify the button registration.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The Gateworks GW5520 board uses 2x intel gigabit mac's, instead of the
internal i.MX6 FEC.
Add support for these.
Signed-off-by: Scott V. Kamp <outbackdingo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Picking commit from QSDK
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/commit/?h=eggplant&id=a86bda9f8a7965f0cedd347a9c04800eb9f41ea3
Commit message:
"During removal of the glue layer(dwc3-of-simple), USB master reset is set to active and during insertion it is de-activated."
Change-Id: I537dc810f6cb2a46664ee674840145066432b957
Signed-off-by: Vasudevan Murugesan <vmuruges@codeaurora.org>
(cherry picked from commit 4611e13580a216812f85f0801b95442d02eeb836)"
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
A newer clk and cpufreq drivers for ipq806x platform had been sent upstream.
A change that i have noticed is that now it's possible to set min, cur and max frequencies from sysfs (previously it was bugged and caused nothing).
Following patches are removed:
- 0036-clk-Avoid-sending-high-rates-to-downstream-clocks-du.patch - seems it was dropped from the patchset by current committer.
- 0044-clk-qcom-krait-Remove-CLK_IS_ROOT.patch - already applied to the driver itself in the corresponding patch.
- 0057-clk-qcom-Add-regmap-mux-div-clocks-support.patch - seem to be irrelevant to ipq806x.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
According to QSDK and OEM tarballs (checked c2600, r7500v2, r7800) 2nd pci slot (pci1, 2,4 GHz card)) on ap148 based boards should operate in gen1 mode.
EA8500 is an exception and according to GPL pcie0 should operate in gen1 mode.
In previous commit we've added the support for this option, so enable it in DT for affected devices.
QSDK ref:
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/commit/?h=release/endive_preview_cc&id=f3b07fe309027c52fc163149500cedddd707c506
While at it move the phy transmit termination offset value into dtsi file as it's platform specific.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
In current state there's huge regression on ipq806x target that causes the device to transmit broken/malformed frames that are not corrected/detected by error control mechanisms and other less severe issues.
https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=1197
This finally had been narrowed down to patch 0071-pcie-qcom-fixes.patch
Meanwhile QSDK contains a handful of commits that add support for ipq806x to upstream qcom pcie driver
https://source.codeaurora.org/quic/qsdk/oss/kernel/linux-msm/log/drivers/pci/host/pcie-qcom.c?h=eggplant
Unfortunately qca developers do not bother to push it upstream.
Using those commits instead of lede 0071 patch fixes mentioned issue and probably many others as it seems that corrupted data has been originating within pcie misconfiguration.
Fixes: FS#1197 and probably others
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The blue LED is what other firmwares use for this device, and it's a lot
easier on the eyes than its shade of yellow, which implies an error
condition.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
[merge into existing $boardname:blue:status block]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Cezary Jackiewicz <cezary@eko.one.pl>
TP-Link Archer C20 v4 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's based on MediaTek MT7628N+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7628N/N (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 3x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 7x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
work.
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in ArcherC20v4 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "openwrt-ramips-mt7628-ArcherC20v4-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
This changes device name from "TP-Link Archer C20" to "TP-Link Archer C20 v1"
because of TPLINK released new TP-Link Archer C20 v4. Additionally
migration to the generic board detection has been made.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
Match mapping of the switch LEDs according to the TP-Link
firmware behavior. LAN port 1 triggers the most right LAN LED,
LAN port 2 the second LAN LED from the right and so on.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
As long as we can't enforce image metadata, we need to use (platform)
image checks to have at least soem kind of validation.
Signed-off-by: Chen Minqiang <ptpt52@gmail.com>
Ubifs is disabled for all boards except the evaluation boards and the
Fritz!Box 4040 anyway. According the author, the ubifs support for the
Fritz!Box 4040 wasn't enabled on purpose.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove leftover code used for legacy images. There are no relevant
binary differences for the images after removing the legacy leftovers.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Initialise the filesystem specific build command. Otherwise it will be
unintended inherit to following images and will cause a wrong image
format.
The issue is around for ages but was only recently triggered due to the
added support for the Openmesh a42.
Fixes: FS#1276
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Current EnGenius ENS202EXT factory image recipe version causes factory
images of the following devices to be corrupted. This issue wasn't
visible until recent changes of image Makefile snippets order.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Remove leftover reference to a not existing kmod-usb-musb-tusb6010 from
the omap24xx target, the corresponding module is built into the kernel.
Fixes: 96815fe0a2 ("kernel: remove omap24xx specific kernel module packages")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP G-5HacT2HnD (wAP
AC), a small weatherproof dual band, dual-radio 802.11ac wireless AP with
integrated omnidirectional anntennae and one 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
ports.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAPG-5HacT2HnD for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9556
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR
- Wireless:
· Atheros AR9550 (SoC) 802.11b/g/n 2x2:2, 2 dBi antennae
· Qualcomm QCA9880 802.11a/n/ac 3x3:3, 2 dBi antennae
- Ethernet: Atheros AG71xx (SoC, AR8033), 1x 1000/100/10 port, passive
PoE in
Working:
- Board/system detection
- Sysupgrade
- Serial console
- Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz radio
- 5 GHz radio
- Reset button
Not working:
- LEDs (added according to Mikrotik's GPL sources but not functional)
Unsupported:
- ZT2046Q SPI temperature and voltage sensor
Contributors: Giuseppe Tipaldi (@Ciusss89)
Ricky (@rickydee)
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
[daniel@makrotopia.org: whitespace fix, use PHYADDR instead of PHYMASK]
This patch enables the PCI bus on the QCA9556 SoC, the same way it is
done on the same family SoC QCA9558.
Tested on a MikroTik RouterBoard wAPG-5HacT2HnD (wAP AC).
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
ALFA Network AC1200RM is an AC1200 router, with 5-port FE switch and
USB 2.0 port. Device is based on MediaTek MT7620A + MT7612EN.
Specification:
- MT7620A (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet with passive PoE output in WAN and LAN4
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (MT7620A)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (MT7612EN)
- 1x USB 2.0
- 9x LED (8 driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (12-24 V)
- 2x UART, I2C, I2S and LED headers
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART and TFTP server):
Select option "2: Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP" and
use "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GL.iNet GL-AR750 is a small size, dual-band (AC750) router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: 2AFIW-AR750.
Specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 1x microSD (GL857L)
- 3x LED (all driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- 1x 2-pos switch
- header for optional PoE module
- 1x micro USB for main power input
- UART + I2C header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt/LEDE. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash OpenWrt/LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network R36A is a successor of the previous model, the R36 (Ralink
RT3050F based). New version is based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Specification:
- 650/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R (QCA9531) 2.4 GHz, 2x u.fl connectors on PCB
- 1x USB 2.0 (power controlled by GPIO)
- 6x LED (5 of them are driven by GPIO)
- 2x button (reset, wifi/wps)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- DC jack for main power input (12 V)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmware which is based
on LEDE/OpenWrt. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Teltonika RUT900 is an industrial 3G router based on Atheros AR9344.
There are available 3 other models in RUT9xx series: RUT905, RUT950 and
RUT955, which differ in availability of additional I/O ports, built-in
GSM modem type, GPS antenna and other features. FCC ID of the RUT950
model (LTE module built-in): 2AET4-RUT950.
This patch adds support for the RUT900 model only but can be easily
extended to cover whole series. Also, as there are several different
3/4G modules (Huawei, Quectel, Telit) used in whole series, packages
required for WWAN support are not included by default. It is up to the
user to install required software for built-in modem.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support on LAN1
- 2T2R 2,4 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (MGA-22103) and LNA
- built-in 3G module (example: Telit HE910-D)
- 2x miniSIM slot
- 2x RP-SMA/F (Wi-Fi), 2x SMA/F (3G)
- PCA9539 16-bit GPIO I2C expander
- 12x LED (4 are driven by AR9344, 7 by PCA9539)
- 1x button (reset)
- DC jack for main power input (9-30 V)
- UART available on PCB edge connector
Serial console pinout:
- RX: pin1 (square) on top side of the main PCB (AR9344 is on top)
- TX: pin1 (square) on bottom side
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC release. Use the "factory" image
directly in GUI (make sure to uncheck "keep settings") or in U-Boot web
based recovery. To avoid any problems, make sure to first update vendor
firmware to latest version - "factory" image was successfully tested on
device running "RUT9XX_R_00.03.960" firmware and U-Boot "3.0.1".
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network N5Q is a successor of previous model, the N5 (outdoor
CPE/AP, based on Atheros AR7240 + AR9280). New version is based on
Atheros AR9344.
Specification:
- 550/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 2T2R 5 GHz (AR9344), with ext. PA (RFPA5542) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 8x LED (7 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
You can use sysupgrade image directly in vendor firmare which is based
on OpenWrt/LEDE. Alternatively, you can use web recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with one of RJ45 ports, press the reset button, power up
device, wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup),
then keep button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP91-5G is a 5 GHz outdoor AP/CPE board, based on Atheros
AR7240 + AR9280.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with passive PoE support (24 V)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (AR9280), with ext. PA (SE5004L) and LNA, up to 27 dBm
- 6x LED (5 are driven by GPIO)
- 1x button (reset)
- external h/w watchdog (EM6324QYSP5B, disabled and not used)
- header for optional 802.3at/af PoE module
- DC jack for main power input (optional, not installed by default)
- UART and LEDs headers on PCB
Flash instruction:
Use "factory" image in vendor GUI (in case of problems, make sure your
board has up to date firmware). Alternatively, TFTP in U-Boot can be
used: select option "2. Load system code then write to Flash via TFTP"
during early boot and use "sysupgrade" image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
The KEXEC_FILE symbol exists for X86 since kernel 3.17, and since 4.10
for PPC64. Add it to x86/config-4.9 and to generic/config-4.14.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Several new DRM symbols that were introduced after 4.9 are missing in
the generic config for 4.14, so add them.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
While working on a new target (meson), the kernel build failed due to
missing DRM_DEBUG_MM_SELFTEST symbol. This can potentially happen on all
targets that enable DRM drivers in the kernel config or via kmod
packages, so add it to the generic config and remove it from x86
subtarget configs, together with DRM_DEBUG_MM.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This new subtarget sets the small_flash flag and removes unused kernel
configuration.
small_flash removes KERNEL_KALLSYMS, which saves ~107KB in the default
configuration; removing unneeded hardware support from ar71xx/tiny saves
another ~18KB (both after LZMA).
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Rather than including all machines for the generic subtarget in the base
configuration, leave the base configuration without specific machines and
create a proper subtarget config for ar71xx/generic. The configuration
diffs of the mikrotik and nand subtargets get significantly shorter, as
will the configurations of future subtargets.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
While we'd like to convert ar71xx to DT-based configuration
eventually, we aren't quite there yet, and shipping half-baked DT support
that is not used at all wastes precious space.
Saves ~120KB before LZMA, ~33KB after LZMA.
Run-tested on TP-Link CPE510 and TL-WR841 v7.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Disable CONFIG_PROC_PAGE_MONITOR in most places and only keep it enabled
for virtual targets such as malta or potent ones like x86.
This saves up to 4KB of uncompressed kernel size and significantly
decreases CPU load under certain workloads.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
* QCA IPQ401x
* 256 MB of RAM
* 32 MB of SPI NOR flash (s25fl256s1)
- 2x 15 MB available; but one of the 15 MB regions is the recovery image
* 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=16,variant=OM-A42
* 2T2R 5 GHz
- QCA4019 hw1.0 (SoC)
- requires special BDF in QCA4019/hw1.0/board-2.bin with
bus=ahb,bmi-chip-id=0,bmi-board-id=17,variant=OM-A42
* multi-color LED (controlled via red/green/blue GPIOs)
* 1x button (reset; kmod-input-gpio-keys compatible)
* external watchdog
- triggered GPIO
* 1x USB (xHCI)
* TTL pins are on board (arrow points to VCC, then follows: GND, TX, RX)
* 2x gigabit ethernet
* powered only via POE
- 802.3af POE on Ethernet 1
- 18-24v passive POE (mode B) on Ethernet 2
The tool ap51-flash (https://github.com/ap51-flash/ap51-flash) should be
used to transfer the factory image to the u-boot when the device boots up.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@open-mesh.com>
The kernel driver gpio-wdt or the userspace tool om-watchdog can be used to
trigger external gpio watchdog chips. The gpio-wdt driver has the benefit
that it can be configured together with the rest of the device in the DTS
and better integrates in the OpenWrt via procd.
Signed-off-by: Sven Eckelmann <sven.eckelmann@openmesh.com>
Use the generic board detection method:
- Board name: First compatible string from the device tree
- Board model: Model property from the device tree
Change occurrences of board name in userspace by the compatible
string, and removed target specific board detection script
Replace the definition of SUPPORTED_DEVICES in Device/Default
to extract the dt compatible string from each device definition.
Additionally, for devices supported by lede-17.01, append
the value of BOARD_NAME to SUPPORTED_DEVICES in the device
definition.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
This will allow to maintain the current syntax for LEDs config
when switching to a device tree compatible string boardname.
None of the current boards use a comma in the boardname, so they
will be unaffected.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
There are only artifacts for these boards in our tree and not even
partial support.
Drop teh stale files.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The 4.14 kernel configuration defaulted to a v4/v5 multiplatform while
4.9 was using a v6/v7 default configuration. Resync 4.14 against 4.9 so
they are nearly identical.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Add a bunch of missing configuration symbols found while building
armvirt for 4.14 after re-synchronization of the configuration between
4.9 and 4.14.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This patch updates the apm821xx target to use the 4.14 kernel.
4.14 finally ships with a driver for the WNDR4700's tc654 fan
controller. The custom driver is deprecated in favor of the
upstream driver and the thermal cooling definitions in the DTS
are updated.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Without this patch one sdcard image with the following name is created
for all devices:
openwrt-at91-sama5--sdcard.img.gz
This makes the build system create device specific versions like:
openwrt-at91-sama5-at91-sama5d2_xplained-sdcard.img.gz
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This solution is more upstream compatible as it only requires specifying
of_match_table in the parser code and doesn't depend on linux,part-probe
which is solution made generic by a LEDE downstream patch that can't be
upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This backports upstream support for "compatible" DT property set for the
"partitions" subnode of flash node. It allows specifying how partitions
should be created/parsed. Right now only "fixed-partitions" is
supported.
It should eventually replace our downstream "linux,part-probe" solution.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Multicast routing support is not needed in most setups, and increases the
size of the kernel considerably (>10K after LZMA). Add a config switch to
allow disabling it.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The underlying issue breaking Spansion flash has been fixed with "mtd: spi-nor:
wait until lock/unlock operations are ready" and "mtd: spi-nor: wait for SR_WIP
to clear on initial unlock", so we can support unlocking for Winbond flash
again.
This is necessary to have writable flash on certain UBNT devices with some
bootloader versions.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Renaming an atm etherbride using 'ip link' (via hotplug) is racy since the
original netdev might disappear before br2684ctl has finished appling it's
setting:
local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Interface "nas0" created sucessfully
local2.notice br2684ctl[1667]: Communicating over ATM 0.8.35, encapsulation: LLC
kern.info kernel: dsl0: renamed from nas0
kern.err kernel: br2684:br2684_regvcc: tried to attach to non-existent device
local2.err br2684ctl[1667]: Could not configure interface:No such device or address
By passing the final used netdev name to br2684ctl_wrap another race
condition workaround will be enabled again.
Change the lantiq ptm driver to create a netdev with the name dsl as well.
Albeit the rename via 'ip link' works fine so far, using a different
approach for ptm then atm could be confusing.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Enable CONFIG_VFP again which was disabled during the 4.9 -> 4.14 bump.
Boot tested both 32 and 64 bit subtargets using initramfs images with the
qemu-system-arm and qemu-system-aarch64 emulators.
Fixes: aa100b66f2 ("armvirt: bump to v4.14")
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
also known as
POGO-V4-A3-02
or
POGO-V4-A3-01
SoC: Marvell 88F6192 800Mhz
SDRAM memory: 128MB
Gigabit ethernet: 1 Marvell 88E1310
Flash memory: 128MB
2 status LEDs (one green one red)
1 "Eject" button on the back (used as "Reset" button)
1 USB 2.0 port (on upper side)
1 sata slot (power + data) for 2.5'' drives (upper side)
2 USB 3.0 ports from a controller on PCIe x1 of the SoC
1 full-size SDcard slot (fits a whole SD card into it)
This device supports the (linux-only) kwboot tool to send
a new uboot over serial console, so it is easy to unbrick
in case the uboot is erased and the device won't boot.
-----
Install instructions:
-----
Since it's not possible to get ssh access to these
devices, the only way to take control is to
solder pins to get TTL serial access.
Case can be opened by removing screws beneath two rubber
feet at back of device, then lifting while prying the
sides of the upper part out to unhook a latch on each
side about 2/3rds of the way toward the front.
Serial connection pins are those labeled "J11", left
of SD as you face SD opening.
Pins are (from left to right, i.e. the first in the list
is the nearest to the SD slot) GND, Rx, Tx.
Do not connect +V pin if you use a USB (self-powered)
TTL-to-USB dongle. Any USB TTL-to-USB converter will work.
Baud rate is 115200, parity "none", databits "8",
flow control "none".
Stock uboot is unable to read ubi partitions (nor usb)
so we will replace it first with our uboot.
Start a TFTP server at IP address 169.254.254.254, and
place the uboot.kwb file in the folder of the server.
Start the serial session and then power up the device.
As soon as you see text on the serial start pressing random
letter keys to stop the boot process.
If you see something like the following line you can proceed:
CE>>
Otherwise if text is still scrolling by you missed the
opportunity, pull the plug and try again.
write
printenv ethaddr
The uboot will write something like this:
ethaddr=00:50:43:00:02:02
This is the device's MAC address, also present in the sticker
under the device.
Write this down as we will need to add it in the
new uboot configuration.
Use the following commands to load the new uboot:
tftp 0x20000 u-boot.kwb
If the uboot confirms that the transfer was successful,
then you can write it to flash with the following commands:
nand erase 0 0x200000
nand write 0x20000 0 0x1c0000
if after the last command the uboot wrote
"xxxx bytes written: OK"
then it was written correctly and we can proceed.
If it did not go well, try again or ask assistence in forums.
Shutting down or rebooting at this time will brick
the device, to unbrick it you will need to use the kwboot
tool from a Linux PC or Virtual Machine.
Now write:
reset
and press enter, the device will reboot and you should see
again text scrolling by.
Press a random key to stop it, and now you should see
pogoplugv4>
We now add the MAC address back, write:
setenv ethaddr '00:50:43:00:02:02'
Confirm that the uboot has understood by writing
printenv ethaddr
If all looks ok, save the setting with
saveenv
At this point the uboot is configured, and we only need to load
the firmware in the flash memory.
Follow the steps below in "Firmware recovery procedure".
----
Firmware recovery procedure
----
The new uboot allows easy recovery from a bad firmware upgrade
where you can't access the device anymore over ssh or luci.
Take a USB flash drive formatted as FAT32, and copy the
initramfs image file in it (it will have "initramfs" in the
file name), then rename it as "initramfs.bin".
Insert the USB drive in the USB 2.0 port of the pogoplug
(the port at the top).
Power up the device, and wait for it to finish booting.
The uboot should find and load the "initramfs.bin"
from usb and if you are connected with serial you should
see the linux kernel boot log (text scrolling by).
Once it is done, press Enter and you will be greeted by
the OpenWRT banner.
If you were not connected with serial just wait a bit and,
you will be able to access it with ssh or luci web interface
(once you find its IP).
The recovery "initramfs" images are run from RAM, so you will
have to do a normal sysupgrade (firmware upgrade) to write
a firmware image to flash memory.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.
Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no point in being that specifc in a generic dts covering a range
of boards. Keep only the the generic compat string to use it for a
devicetree based boardname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
No image build code for the Guruplug, Sheevaplug and NSA310S exists. Drop
support for the boards for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Drop NAND_BLOCKSIZE, UBI_OPTS and UBIFS_OPTS. They are either used by
not supported filesystems or by the legacy image build code.
Add common used options/images to the default build code and override
the options where necessary.
Don't export the kernel image, it isn't required by any board.
While at it, change the file extension for the sysupgrade images to bin.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The TP-Link firmware uses (primary_mac-1) as MAC-address
for the 5GHz WiFi. This applies the same behaviour to LEDE.
Currently, the MAC-address is retrieved from eth1, which
does not exist on the Archer C7 v4. As a result from this,
every C7 v4 with LEDE carries the same MAC-Address on the 5GHz WiFi.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
There are 3 ethernet ports on Y1. LAN1 on port1, LAN2 on port0 and WAN on
port4.
Use a standalone switch configuration to match this and use the switch
trigger so that LAN LED could indicate the connetction status for both
lan ports correctly.
This patch also drop the internet led configuration, because there is a
WAN led for port4 and eth0.2 isn't always used as WAN.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.4.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from mach-rb4xx.c to clean up the code
a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 4.2.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete check from ag71xx_main.c to clean up the code
a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Because the oldest supported kernel version on the ar71xx target is 4.4,
the condition that the kernel version is smaller than 3.15.0 is always
false. Remove the obsolete checks from the target specific source files
to clean up the code a bit.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Disable the drivers for the following ethernet switches:
Realtek RTL8306
Realtek RTL8366/8367
Marvell 88E6060 (DSA)
Marvell 88E6063 (DSA)
Also disable the phy driver for Marvell PHYs.
None of the supported RouterBOARDs are using any device
which needs these drivers.
Disable the DSA framework too, because it is not required
by the remaining switch drivers.
This reduces the compressed kernel size by ~20KB.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The Marvell 88E6063 ethernet switch driver depends on the DSA
framework. Add a 'depends on NET_DSA' statement to its Kconfig
entry to state that explicitly.
Fixes the following Kconfig warning:
warning: (NET_DSA_MV88E6060 && NET_DSA_MV88E6063) selects NET_DSA_TAG_TRAILER which has unmet direct dependencies (NET && NET_DSA)
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Building Linux 4.4 for ar71xx throws the following warnings in
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:
CC drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.o
In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_read':
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
raw_local_irq_save(flags); \
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:162:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
local_irq_save(flags);
^
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
#define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:175:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
local_irq_restore(flags);
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:159:11: warning: unused variable 'i' [-Wunused-variable]
int ret, i;
^
In file included from include/linux/irqflags.h:14:0,
from drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:20:
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c: In function 'mdiobb_write':
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:63:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:124:3: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_save'
raw_local_irq_save(flags); \
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:185:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_save'
local_irq_save(flags);
^
include/linux/typecheck.h:11:18: warning: comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast
(void)(&__dummy == &__dummy2); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:68:3: note: in expansion of macro 'typecheck'
typecheck(unsigned long, flags); \
^
include/linux/irqflags.h:126:39: note: in expansion of macro 'raw_local_irq_restore'
#define local_irq_restore(flags) do { raw_local_irq_restore(flags); } while (0)
^
drivers/net/phy/mdio-bitbang.c:200:2: note: in expansion of macro 'local_irq_restore'
local_irq_restore(flags);
^
These are caused by the 900-mdio_bitbang_ignore_ta_value and
901-phy-mdio-bitbang-prevent-rescheduling-during-command patches.
The first patch removes some code but it does not remove the variable
which is used by the removed code only.
The second patch adds local_irq_{save,restore} calls. The type of the
argument of these calls must be 'unsigned long', but the patch defines
the variable as 'long'.
Fix both patches to silence the warnings.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The Annex A and Annex B version are using the same (old) userspace
boardname. Update the SUPPORTED_DEVICES to allow an update from lede-17.01.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Supermicro puts "Super Server" into their product_name DMI value
for a whole slew of products, making this value about as useful
as not having been filled in at all. Instead, fall back on the
board_name instead.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
There might be other places (such as vendor-supplied preinit scripts)
where we wish to take a DMI name and clean it up in a consistent way,
so make the sed command into a function.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Rename unwinder config symbols to match upstream changes.
Refresh patches.
Update patch that no longer applies: 202-reduce_module_size.patch
Also enable CONFIG_PAGE_TABLE_ISOLATION. This feature was backported
from 4.15 to the 4.14 stable series. It is enabled by default, so enable
it in OpenWrt as well.
Compile-tested on x86/64.
Runtime-tested on x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
While bumping 4.14, the kernel build failed due to missing CONFIG_KASAN
symbol. Move it to generic config instead of defining it for all arm64
and x86/64 targets.
It was only added in 4.0, so not needed in config-3.18.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The CPU sub type was set to a CPU version with FPU, but the FPU feature
was not activated before, so a soft float toolchain was created.
Activate also the FPU feature to create the correct toolchain.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This activates neon and VFPv4 support for this target. The CPU support
these feature so also use them.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Since BusyBox 1.25.0 dd command supports iflag=skip_bytes which allows
skipping requested amount of bytes without reducing blocksize. Thanks to
this we can leave default blocksize and let dd work more efficiently.
On Netgear R6250 "dd skip=58 iflag=skip_bytes" can be 5 times faster
than "dd bs=58 skip=1" when extracting TRX out of CHK.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
It's a device based on BCM5365P (0x5365 package 0x00). This SoC has
USB 1.1 controller but device has two USB 2.0 parts. They are handled by
PCI-based controllers: 1106:3038 UHCI and 1106:3104 EHCI.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This was broken in 7bab49fd ("lantiq: add compatible strings to dts
files"), causing for the dm200 garbled serial output during boot, and
likely other issues.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
[fix the compat string of the P2601HNFX as well]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
That patch fixes handling SPI messages with two writing transfers. It's
important when using e.g. by m25p80 driver which uses one transfer for
opcode and another one for data.
Thanks to that fix we can now drop m25p80 workaround patch. It means one
less hack and also a better flash writing performance as there is no
more data buf copying.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
A lot of 1U x86_64 servers have NVMe support, which is lower-power
and higher speed than SSD or CFast drives, etc. The drivers
required to make this work are trivial.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Remove a stray -Wp left in host_c_flags causing build failures for newer
4.14 versions.
Reported-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Advantages:
- preserves existing partition layout on the sd-card.
Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.
Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-sdcard.img.gz
will have to be written to the sdcard manually.
Please don't forget to backup your configuration in this case.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.
Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch adds the compatible string for the various RPIs from
4.14 upstream.
Note: The 4.14 upstream does not include the compute modules.
If the CM* would just house the SoC, it could in theory use the
"raw" chip compatible string. However, these CM boards also come
with RAM and eMMC. So they have to have a proper comaptible.
For now, "raspberrypi,compute-module-{1|3}" will be good enough.
Note2: The original CM was renamed to CM1 when CM3 was released.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch converts all the raspberrypi images to utilize
the common metadata-based image verification.
Note: the CM1 and CM3 currently use the same "rpi-cm"
boardname.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Commit c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.") replaced the clk_enable() call
with clk_prepare_enable() to meet the common clock framework requirements.
However it did not change the clk_disable() call in the error patch which
thus leads to imbalance.
Fix the code by using the correct counterpart of clk_prepare_enable() in both
places.
Fixes: c312cef223 ("ar71xx: spi-rb4xx fix.")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
A few UBI messages lacks the trailing newline character which
leads to ugly lines in the bootlog like this:
[ 6.649159] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6[ 6.667751] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2196K
Add a newline character to the end of the messages to fix it.
After the fix the line from above looks better in the log:
[ 6.609182] UBI error: no valid UBI magic found inside mtd6
[ 6.627599] Freeing unused kernel memory: 2132K
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The value DSL_ChipSetHWVersion is fetched from the dsl frontend
via the dsl_control service, but not really provided by the dsl
frontend firmware and for now always "UNKNOWN".
The lantiq support told us that this information wouldn't be
provided in the foreseeable future, so let's remove this
useless "UNKNOWN" information.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Use a more appropriate compatible string. Fix the wireless led GPIO and
add the default wireless trigger. Use the wireless LED for boot state
indication as well.
Remove the GPIO pinmux for pins not exposed on the board.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link TL-MR3420 v5 are simple N300 router with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas.
Its very similar to TP-Link TL-WR841N V13.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- USB 2.0 Port
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED, 2x button, power input switch
Flash instruction:
The only way to flash LEDE image in mr3420v5 is to use
tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.225/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tplink_tl-mr3420-v5-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Move common tplink image build code into own recipe. Include the common
parts instead of including a full build recipe and overwriting former set
varaibles.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD 921GS-5HPacD r2
(mANTBox 15s), an outdoor sector antenna with a built-in 802.11ac
wireless router. Additionally, it adds a new profile for devices with
>= 128 MB NAND flash and 802.11ac to the ar71xx/mikrotik subtarget.
See https://mikrotik.com/product/RB921GS-5HPacD-15S for more info.
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 128 MB
- Storage: 128 MB NAND
- Wireless: external QCA9822 802.11a/ac 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x 1000/100/10 Mbps, integrated, via AR8031 PHY, passive PoE in
- SFP: 1x host
Working:
- Board/system detection
- NAND storage detection
- Wireless
- Ethernet
- 1x user LED
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Untested:
- SFP cage (probably not working)
Installation:
- Boot initramfs image via TFTP and then flash sysupgrade image
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
Apply code from commits 9e1bc27e6d
(ar71xx: Fix UBIFS work on Mikrotik RB95x devices) and
665bb27499 (ar71xx: fix invalid pointer
dereference in rb95x_nand_scan_fixup()) to RB92x devices too.
Signed-off-by: Roger Pueyo Centelles <roger.pueyo@guifi.net>
This patch converts all apm821xx devices to the device-tree
board-detection method. All instances of the legacy
boardnames (mbl,mr24,...) are converted to "vendor,device"
identifier.
The custom board-detection code in apm821xx.sh is removed as
it no longer serves any purpose.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch enables metadata-supported image verification
for all apm821xx supported devices. Since this method comes
with a built-in image verification tool (fwtool), the previous
image checks can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Currently, the device name handle does not include the
manufacturer. This can make it hard do differentiate
between products from different vendors that have the
same product name. As the handle is used to derive
the image name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch rename all the DT source files in order to
match upstream's "manufacturer-device.dts" format.
Please note that the DEVICE_DTB isn't changed. This is
because the u-boot of the MyBook Live defines the
fdt_file variable to be "apollo3g/apollo3g.dtb".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Meraki choose to use their product's codename as the main
compatible string. Mathias Kresin commented that this is
a poor choice as this will confuse the users and devs once
the device-tree compatible is used for board-detection and
possible the image name.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch appends the "apm,bluestone" or "amcc,apollo3g"
machine compatible string to the current device tree source.
Please note that unlike other archs the PPC DT code does
not regard the machine's compatible string as a priority
list. This is explained in the kernel's usage-model.txt as follows:
"PowerPC uses a slightly different scheme where it calls the .probe()
hook from each machine_desc, and the first one returning TRUE is used.
However, this approach does not take into account the priority of the
compatible list, and probably should be avoided for new architecture
support."
For this reason, the "apm,bluestone" compatible string can't be
added to the WNDR4700. As otherwise the target specific pci
fix-up code will get ignored and this causes the ath9k WIFI
to not get initialized.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
This patch sets the BOARD_NAME variable on each affected
apm821xx device. The existing DEVICE_PROFILE and
DEVICE_NAME assignments are deprecated as they no longer
serve any purpose.
The BOARD_NAME variable is used by the sysupgrade-tar
method to specifiy a directory overwrite for the
sysupgrade-$dir directory in the generated tar file.
Keeping the original boardname in this context will be
necessary for targets that utilize the sysupgrade-tar
method. Otherwise, sysupgrade on an previous installation
will not recognize the newly generated images.
This step is necessary since an upcoming patch realigns
the existing shortname for a device with a proper
"manufacturer_device" identifier.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The commit 87b668765e
("image: when using the new image build code, gzip ext4 images by default")
forced that all targets that select the ext4 as the root filesystem
to always compress the generated rootfs. This is fine, but this method
doesn't not allow to append the metadata on a per-target base.
Therefore this patch changes the rootfs image production rule to generate
the gzip step manually. This way the metadata can be appended at a later
date.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
"PandoraBox" is not the name of the manufacturer, it's a firmware made by
the manufacturer actually. Their official English name is "D-Team".
PBR-M1 is the only one they use "PandoraBox" as a brand name. Their other
products are using "Newifi" as their trademark (including Y1 and Y1S which
used to be OEM products for Lenovo).
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Previously Newifi D2 could only use PandoraBox M1's firmware.
It works fine, but LED GPIO is different.
As a result, a separated DTS file for this device should be implemented.
Hardware spec:
* CPU: MTK MT7621A
* RAM: 512MB
* ROM: 32MB SPI Flash
* WiFi: MTK MT7603+MT7612
* Button: 2 buttons (reset, wps)
* LED: 3 single-color LEDs (USB, WiFi 2.4GHz, WiFi 5GHz) &
2 dual-color LEDs (Power, Internet)
* Ethernet: 5 ports, 4 LAN + 1 WAN
Installation method:
Same as Newifi D1, users may need to request unlock code from the device
manufacturer. Otherwise, a SPI flash programmer may be necessary to get
the firmware flashed. After the device is unlocked, press and hold reset
button before power cable plugs in. Then go to http://192.168.1.1 to
upload and flash the firmware package.
Signed-off-by: Jackson Ming Hu <huming2207@gmail.com>
The VAR11N-300 is a tiny wireless-N device with a hardwired Ethernet
cable, one extra Ethernet port, and an internal antenna, based on the
MediaTek MT7620n chipset.
Specs:
- MT7620n WiSoC @ 600MHz
- 32 MB SDRAM
- 4 MB SPI flash
- 2T2R 2.4GHz WiFi-N
- 1 attached 10/100 Ethernet cable (LAN)
- 1 10/100 Ethernet port (WAN)
- 1 attached USB / barrel 5vdc power cable
- 5 LEDs (see notes below)
- 1 reset button
- 1 UART (3 pads on board)
Installation:
The stock firmware does not support uploading new firmware directly,
only checking the manufacturer's site for updates. This process may be
possible to spoof, but the update check uses some kind of homebrew
encryption that I didn't investigate. Instead, you can install via a
backdoor:
1. Set up a TFTP server to serve the firmware binary
(lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin)
2. Factory reset the device by holding the reset button for a few
seconds.
3. Open the web interface (default IP: 192.168.253.254)
4. Log in with the "super admin" credentials: username `vonets`,
password `vonets26642519`.
5. On the "Operative Status" page, click the text "System Uptime", then
quickly click the uptime value.
6. If successful, an alert dialog will appear reading "Ated start", and
the device will now accept telnet connections. If the alert does not
appear, repeat step 5 until it works (the timing is a bit tricky).
7. Telnet to the device using credentials "admin / admin"
8. Retrieve the firmware binary from the tftp server: `tftp -l lede.bin
-r lede-ramips-mt7620-var11n-300-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin -g
<tftp-server-ip>`
9. Write the firmware to flash: `mtd_write write lede.bin /dev/mtd4`
10. Reboot
Tested:
- LAN / WAN ethernet
- WiFi
- LAN / WAN / status LED GPIOs (see notes below)
- Reset button
- Sysupgrade
Notes:
LEDs:
The board has 5 LEDs - two green LEDs for LAN / WAN activity, one blue
LED for WiFi, and a pair of "status" LEDs connected to the same GPIO
(the blue LED lights when the GPIO is low, and the green when it's
high). I was unable to determine how to operate the WiFi LED, as it
does not appear to be controlled by a GPIO directly.
Recovery:
The default U-boot installation will only boot from flash due to a
missing environment block. I generated a valid 4KB env block using
U-boot's `fw_setenv` tool and wrote it to flash at 0x30000 using an
external programmer. After this, it was possible to enter the U-boot
commandline interface and download a new image via TFTP (`tftpboot
81b00000 <image-filename>`), but while I could boot this image
sucessfully (`bootm`), writing it to flash (`cp.linux`) just corrupted
the flash chip. The sysupgrade file can be written to flash at 0x50000
using an external programmer.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Crawley <acrawley@gmail.com>
Add a helper variable which contains the boardname separated from the
vendor name. It allows to switch to a device tree compatible string
based boardname, by keeping the $board:colour:function syntax in
scripts handling/adding config for LEDs.
Boards not using the device tree compatible string as based boardname
are unaffected by the change, since none of them uses a comma in the
boardname.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name for board using the
devicetree compat string as boardname.
Replace the underline of the device define, to keep the SUPPORTED_DEVICES
in sync with a devicetree compat string based boardname.
Override the default SUPPORTED_DEVICES for board which are having an
userspace boardname with an underline.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The LinkIt Smart 7688/LinkIt Smart 7688 Duo are identical beside the
extra ATmega32U4 - accessible via UART - on the the Duo.
Since all relevant hardware is identical, drop the Duo special handling
in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
If we need to set the initial output value to GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH (1) to
enable something, the pin is ACTIVE_HIGH. The same applies to
GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW (0) and ACTIVE_LOW.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In the stock firmware both eth0 and eth1 are set to br-lan,
add this behavior to our images.
Fixes: FS#1084
Signed-off-by: Marty E. Plummer <hanetzer@protonmail.com>
The status led part was missed when changing the board name to *-nor.
Fixes: e12c72bb52 ("brcm63xx: Add Sercomm AD1018 support")
Reported-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Use <manufacturer>_<modelname> as image name.
Use the BOARD_NAME variable to ensure that the former used boardname is
still used as the subdirectory name for the sysupgrade-tar image, to
not break sysupgrade from earlier versions.
While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters and bin as file extension for sysupgrade images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the first compatible string as board name in userspace. Add the new
board name as well as the former used board name to the image metadata
to keep compatibilty with already deployed installations.
Don't add the former used boardname for boards which exists only in
master or evaluation boards.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds basic support for kernel 4.14, this was tested in qemu only.
The subtarget configuration was refresh with kernel 4.14 and the
options needed to make it compile on kernel 4.9 were added manually.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In kernel 4.14 kmod-bluetooth depends on kmod-crypto-ecdh, add
kmod-crypto-ecdh to LEDE.
Both packages also depend on the kmod-crypto-kpp package. To build this
we have to fix the dependency of CRYPTO_ECDH which has a typo.
This patch is already accepted upstream.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds initial support for kernel 4.14 based on the patches for
kernel 4.9.
In the configuration I deactivated some of the new possible security
features like:
CONFIG_REFCOUNT_FULL
CONFIG_SLAB_FREELIST_HARDENED
CONFIG_SOFTLOCKUP_DETECTOR
CONFIG_WARN_ALL_UNSEEDED_RANDOM
And these overlay FS options are also deactivated:
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_INDEX
CONFIG_OVERLAY_FS_REDIRECT_DIR
I activated this:
CONFIG_FORTIFY_SOURCE
CONFIG_POSIX_TIMERS
CONFIG_SLAB_MERGE_DEFAULT
CONFIG_WATCHDOG_HANDLE_BOOT_ENABLED
I am not sure if I did the porting correct for the following patches:
target/linux/generic/backport-4.14/020-backport_netfilter_rtcache.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/220-gc_sections.patch
target/linux/generic/hack-4.14/321-powerpc_crtsavres_prereq.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/305-mips_module_reloc.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/611-netfilter_match_bypass_default_table.patch
target/linux/generic/pending-4.14/680-NET-skip-GRO-for-foreign-MAC-addresses.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Just refresh the kernel configuration, some options are removed because
they are now in the generic kernel configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These are taken from the x86 target and should make support kernel 4.9
and 4.14 in the x86 target easier.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Cover temperature sensors for all mainstream 64-bit processors, including
AMD 10h and 15h families, Intel iCore, Xeon, Atom, and Via Nano. Also
add CPUID support for user-space applications to detect CPU type.
Include the on-chip sensors for 64-bit CPU's in the generic profile
in case someone builds a 32-bit kernel to run on a Xeon SoC, etc.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Backport the mdio-bus reset gpio support from 4.12 and use it instead
of toggling the reset ourself.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add support for the Sercomm AD1018 router
This a BCM6328 based board, 128 MB RAM, 128 MiB NAND flash,
with an onboard BCM43217 wifi, 4 ethernet ports and 1 USB
host port (not soldered). The board also has an FXS chip (Si32177)
connected via SPI (SS2#), without support in LEDE.
Since NAND flash chips aren't still supported in brcm63xx, the
support is for now added to work only with SPI flash chips. Therefore
hardware modding, soldering a new SPI flash chip, is required
to make the board work with LEDE (tested and working OK).
The flash at dts is intentionally left without partitioning to let
the user choose a NOR chip of any size (8, 16 or 32 MB).
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: renamed ad1018 to ad1018-nor to signify the modification]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
chip->options causes an invalid pointer dereference (FS#1200).
Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.
Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Since Linux 4.6, mtd->priv no longer points to the NAND specific
structure. Under 4.9 it contains NULL, thus using it to access
the fields of the nand_chip structure causes an invalid pointer
dereference.
Update the code to use the mtd_to_nand() helper under 4.9 to obtain
the address of the chip specific data.
Compile tested only.
Fixes: 7bbf4117c6 ("ar71xx: Add kernel 4.9 support")
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
When mtdsplit_minor.c is compiled under Linux 4.4, the compiler
drops the following warning:
CC drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.o
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: warning: initialization from incompatible pointer type [-Wincompatible-pointer-types]
.parse_fn = mtdsplit_parse_minor,
^
drivers/mtd/mtdsplit/mtdsplit_minor.c:106:14: note: (near initialization for 'mtdsplit_minor_parser.parse_fn')
The second parameter of the parser function must not have a 'const'
qualifier in 4.4. The 001-mtdsplit_backport.patch removes the qualifier
from other partition parsers. Update it to handle mtdsplit_minor.c as
well.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
This reverts commit 256990cbc0.
this commit caused a compile error
"TL_WR1043_V5_GPIO_LED_WANORANGE" is undefined.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add missing definitions for the orange WAN LED on the TL-WR1043N(D) v4 and
v5. Minor format correction on a constant for consistency.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
This patch fixes the switch port numbering on Mikrotik RB951Ui-2nD (hAP).
Also fixes the switch port numbering shown on LuCI for Mikrotik RB493G.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
Advantages:
- preserves existing partition layout. On the hard-drive.
Only the boot and rootfs partition will be overwritten.
Disadvantages:
- The upgrade process takes much longer to run.
from 2-3 seconds to 15-25 seconds.
Please note that sysupgrade will refuse to upgrade, if the existing
installation has an incompatible partition layout. Future changes
to the bootfs and/or rootfs partition size will likely cause breakage
to the sysupgrade procedure. In these cases, the ext4-rootfs.img.gz
has to be written manually onto the disk. Please don't forget to backup
your configuration in this cases.
Note2: This patch requires
"base-files: upgrade: make get_partitions() endian agnostic"
Note3: If your current installation does not host the two
changes, sysupgrading will wipe the existing partition
layout. Don't forget to backup your data!
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Please note that users with a Netgear WNDR4700
will need to update the device-tree partition
manually.
For instructions, please refere to commit 49856a4bb5
("apm821xx: make it possible to update the dtb partition on the WNDR4700")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
Lantiq and IPQ806X (which includes IPQ40XX) both define the
same custom function {ipq806x|lantiq}_get_dt_led.
This patch moves the function into the base-file package at
lib/functions/leds.sh to make it more accessible for other
targets as well.
Cc: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Cc: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Cc: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@gmail.com>
The bcm6368 pinctrl driver passed the wrong variable to
devm_regmap_field_alloc, causing it to blow up when later trying to
access the field.
Fixes#1211.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
For an unknown reason gcc tries to link in crti.o when building with a
glibc toolchain (this does not happen with other targets). Prevent this
by telling gcc explicitly to not do that.
Fixes the following build error:
/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x18): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_GOT16 against `__gmon_start__'
/home/jonas/git/lede/staging_dir/toolchain-mips_24kc_gcc-5.5.0_glibc/lib/gcc/mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/5.5.0/../../../../mips-openwrt-linux-gnu/lib/crti.o: In function `_init':
(.init+0x28): relocation truncated to fit: R_MIPS_CALL16 against `__gmon_start__'
collect2: error: ld returned 1 exit status
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
This will avoid some conflicts when doing a git rebase or merge,
specially when adding support to a new device.
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
[drop brcm47xx changes which rename the images]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Recent RouterBOOT version (at least version 3.41 on RB911G-5HPacD)
use "Board=" kernel parameter instead of "board=" to pass the board
name to the kernel. Due to this change the board detection code is
not working on the devices shipped with the new RouterBOOT version.
Because the kernel is unable to identify these boards they become
unusable despite that they are supported by the current code.
Update the prom_init code to convert the 'Board' kernel parameter to
'board'. After this change, the board detection works also with the
new RouterBOOT versions.
Signed-off-by: Gabor Juhos <juhosg@freemail.hu>
The target name does not need to included a revision
if all revisions are supported.
This target supports all revisions (v1, v2, v2.1).
Signed-off-by: Moritz Warning <moritzwarning@web.de>
[Keep the version numbers in the device title, it doesn't harm]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Remove the WW suffix, everything without a region suffix is world wide
anyway.
While at it, normalise the image filenames by using only lower case
characters.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Users are confused which image type they should use and there are more
drawbacks than adavantages in using a r/w ubifs rootfs in constrast to
a read-only squashfs rootfs like:
- less available free flash space due to better compression of squashfs
images
- no support for factory reset due to r/w filesystem
- possibility to break failsafe due to r/w filesystem
Therefore, drop support for r/w ubifs rootfs images.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The boardname isn't used any longer to find the subdirectory in the
sysupgrade tar archive, which makes this override useless.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Qualcomm claims this reduces cache misses. Original commit message below:
From: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Date: Tue, 11 Jun 2013 12:18:46 -0500
Subject: [ag71xx] reduce NAPI weight
In an attempt to increase our cache warmth, we are decreasing NAPI.
This increases the warmth of the reused SKBs.
Signed-off-by: Ben Menchaca <ben.menchaca@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The motivation for this was misguided. It turns out tuning the NAPI weight could be useful for testing purposes. Therefore reverting.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This commit fixes LAN Port 1 not transferring data in case no
other LAN Port has active link-state on TP-Link Archer C58/C59.
Signed-off-by: David Bauer <mail@david-bauer.net>
This is a variant of the MT7620N-based Asus routers.
Specifications:
- MT7620N (580 MHz)
- 32 MB RAM
- 8 MB Flash
- 5x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- 2.4 GHz WLAN
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J2) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
Flash instructions:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.75/24
2. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds. All 4 LEDs will
start to blink, which is when the router will accept firmware files via TFTP.
No known limitations on firmware filenames, just send it with a TFTP client
to 192.168.1.1.
3. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
This commit adds missing the GPIO key used as reset button.
Nexx WT1520 has a GPIO key for factory reset, but it's not defined in
WT1520.dtsi and cannot use it.
Drop the UART (full) from the device tree source file, it was never
used for this board. Adjust the kernel bootargs accordingly.
Signed-off-by: INAGAKI Hiroshi <musashino.open@gmail.com>
[add note about dropped UART (full) to the commit message]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There are multiple problems on the A64 SoC with the older drivers which
are fixed in the upstream kernel.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add pinmuxes defined by some board which are including the dtsi files
to the dtsi files itself. Allows to reduce duplication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
According to the datasheet the REFCLK pin is shared with GPIO#37 and
the PERST pin is shared with GPIO#36.
While at it fix a typo inside the pinmux setup code. The function is called
refclk and not reclk.
Update device tree source files accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add kmod-sound-core, it is a dependency of kmod-sound-mt7620 and will
not be autoselected.
Remove kmod-i2c-core, it will be autoselected by kmod-i2c-ralink.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Setting the pins of the UARTF group to GPIO+I2S at the time the I2C
driver loads is to late for the wps GPIO button.
The gpio-keys driver fails to load since the pin used by the wps button
is not yet set to GPIO. The wps button with the rfkill keycode is
essential for this wireless only board.
Add the missing sound and I2C kernel modules corresponding to the
device nodes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The advantage is that we don't have to specify max TRX size anymore and
otrx doesn't allocate a buffer of that size. It saves us allocating
32 MiB for every image we generate.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Backported devicetree from Kernel 4.13 with some additions
to enable Ethernet and WiFi module
The following features are working:
- Ethernet
- WiFi
- eMMC and microSD slot
- USB ports
The following features are not working:
* Bluetooth
NanoPi M1 Plus key features
- SoC: Allwinner H3, Quad-core Cortex-A7@1.2GHz
- RAM: 1GB DDR3
- eMMC: 8GB
- microSD slot
- Ethernet 10/100/1000M
- Wifi: AP6212
Signed-off-by: Luis Araneda <luaraneda@gmail.com>
D-Link DIR-330 is clone of ASUS WL500GP2, by default conf the WAN port is
eth1, it's not working cus eth1 not soldered and wan port function
performs 5th port of the switch.
Signed-off-by: Antony Black <gtrtfm@gmail.com>
Currently local TCP performance on wifi devices can be limited because
the TSQ (TCP Small Queues) code is tuned for wired ethernet latencies.
With this patch drivers can increase the amount of local buffering to
allow TCP to trigger larger aggregation sizes
This commit is modified from the upstream version to allow #ifdef based
backport feature detection
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This is a variant of the ZBT WG3526 with a few minor modifications.
The wifi chips are swapped, and there is no GPIO controllable status
LED. There is also no SATA port.
Specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 512 MB RAM
- 16 MB Flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1Gbps Ethernet (built-in switch)
- MT7612E 802.11ac 5 GHz WLAN
- MT7603E 802.11n 2.4 GHz WLAN
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The IRQ controller can only set the affinity to a single CPU. Update the
mask in the controller data.
Suggested-by: Sebastian Gottschall <s.gottschall@dd-wrt.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
TP-Link TL-WR802N v1 and v2 are set up with almost same configuration in
the mach-files. Merge the mach-files of these devices.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
TP-Link TL-WR1043N v5 appears to be identical to the TL-WR1043ND v4,
except that the USB port has been removed and there is no longer a
removable antenna option.
The software is more in line with the Archer series in that it uses a
nested bootloader scheme.
Specifications:
- QCA9563 at 775 MHz
- 64 MB RAM
- 16 MB flash
- 3 (non-detachable) Antennas / 450 Mbit
- 1x/4x WAN/LAN Gbps Ethernet (QCA8337)
- reset and Wi-Fi buttons
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <tim@tfthorpe.net>
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
The TL-WA901ND v5 has the same hardware as v4, although the PCB has
a different layout. Installation from factory is done via TFTP.
(rename -factory image to wa901ndv4_tp_recovery.bin for tftp)
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD mAP 2nD
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBmAP2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: builtin QCA9531, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 2x100M (802.3af/at POE in and passive POE out on ETH2)
- USB: microUSB type AB port
This patch adds missing code to fully support mAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for mAP 2nD, but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc., was missing.
Note: The POE LED works but doesn't turn on when POE passthrough is
enabled, despite being configured with GPIO trigger.
Installation
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The Ubiquiti UniFi APs just have eth0. Until now, the setup script fell
through to the default case and configured the (not present) eth1 as
WAN with DHCP.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD wAP
https://mikrotik.com/product/RBwAP2nD
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9533 (650 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MB
- Storage: 16 MB NOR SPI flash
- Wireless: built-in QCA9533, 2x2:2
- Ethernet: 1x100M (802.3af/at POE in)
This patch adds missing code to fully support wAP. Machfile already
contained configuration for wAP 2nD but device specific configuration
like LEDs etc. was missing.
Installation:
1. Login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. Setup a DHCP/BOOTP server with:
- DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
- DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. Connect the port labeled internet to your local network
4. Keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via SSH
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
- rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
- rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
- rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now Netinstall sees RouterBOARD
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Wallys DR342 is a 5 GHz, 2T2R AP/CPE board based on Atheros AR9342.
Short specification:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x Gbps Ethernet (AR8035) with passive PoE support (24-56 V)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 5 GHz with external FEM (SKY85728-11), up to 30 dBm
- 2x MMCX connectors
- miniPCIe connector with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses
- optional miniSIM slot
- 7x LED, 1x button
- UART, (E)JTAG and LED headers
- 1x DC jack for main power (12-56 V)
Flash instruction (do it under U-Boot, using UART):
1. tftp 0x82000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-dr342-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000"
5. saveenv && reset
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
UniElec U7628-01 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7628AN.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7628AN (580MHz)
- 64/128/256 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8/16 MB of flash (SPI NOR)
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (MT7628 built-in switch)
- 1x 2T2R 2.4 GHz Wi-Fi (MT7628)
- 1x miniPCIe slot (with PCIe and USB 2.0 buses)
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 2.0 port
- 7x single-color LEDs (GPIO-controlled)
- 1x bi-color LED (green GPIO-controlled, red -> LED_WLAN# in miniPCIe)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x SDXC/GPIO header (10-pins, connected with microSD slot)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slot (tested with modem and Wi-Fi card)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- USB 2.0 port*
Due to a missing driver (MMC over GPIO) this is not supported:
- microSD card reader
* Warning:
USB buses in miniPCIe and regular A-type socket are connected together,
without any proper analog switch or USB HUB.
Installation:
This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.
Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 128MB
RAM/16MB flash version):
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt76x8-u7628-01-128M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
SDXC/GPIO header (J3):
1. SDXC_D3 / I2C_SCLK
2. SDXC_D2 / I2C_SD
3. SDXC_D1 / I2S_DI
4. SDXC_D0 / I2S_WS
5. SDXC_CMD / I2S_CLK
6. SDXC_CLK / GPIO0
7. SDXC_CD / UART_RXD1
8. UART_TXD1
9. 3V3
10. GND
Other notes:
1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 128/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
UniElec U7621-06 is a router platform board based on MediaTek MT7621AT.
The device has the following specifications:
- MT7621AT (880 MHz)
- 256/512 MB of RAM (DDR3)
- 8/16/32/64 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 5x 1 Gbps Ethernet (MT7621 built-in switch)
- 1x ASMedia ASM1061 (for mSATA and SATA)
- 2x miniPCIe slots (PCIe bus only)
- 1x mSATA slot (with USB 2.0 bus for modem)
- 1x SATA
- 1x miniSIM slot
- 1x microSD slot
- 1x USB 3.0
- 12x LEDs (3 GPIO-controlled)
- 1x reset button
- 1x UART header (4-pins)
- 1x GPIO header (30-pins)
- 1x FPC connector for LEDs (20-pin, 0.5 mm pitch)
- 1x DC jack for main power (12 V)
The following has been tested and is working:
- Ethernet switch
- miniPCIe slots (tested with Wi-Fi cards)
- mSATA slot (tested with modem and mSATA drive)
- miniSIM slot
- sysupgrade
- reset button
- microSD slot
Installation:
This board might come with a different firmware versions (MediaTek SDK,
PandoraBox, Padavan, etc.). If your board comes with PandoraBox, you can
install LEDE using sysupgrade. Just SSH to the router and perform forced
sysupgrade (due to a board name mismatch). The default IP of this board
should be: 192.168.1.1 and username/password: root/admin. In case of a
different firmware, you can use web based recovery described below.
Use the following command to perform the sysupgrade (for the 256MB
RAM/16MB flash version):
sysupgrade -n -F lede-ramips-mt7621-u7621-06-256M-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
Recovery:
This board contains a Chinese, closed-source bootloader called Breed
(Boot and Recovery Environment for Embedded Devices). Breed supports web
recovery and to enter it, you keep the reset button pressed for around
5 seconds during boot. Your machine will be assigned an IP through DHCP
and the router will use IP address 192.168.1.1. The recovery website is
in Chinese, but is easy to use. Click on the second item in the list to
access the recovery page, then the second item on the next page is where
you select the firmware. In order to start the recovery, you click the
button at the bottom.
LEDs list (top row, left to right):
- LED_WWAN# (connected with pin 42 in LTE/mSATA slot)
- Power (connected directly to 3V3)
- CTS2_N (GPIO10, configured as "status" LED)
- TXD2 (GPIO11, configured as "led4", without default trigger)
- RXD2 (GPIO12, configured as "led5", without default trigger)
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi0 slot)
LEDs list (bottom row, left to right):
- ESW_P0_LED_0
- ESW_P1_LED_0
- ESW_P2_LED_0
- ESW_P3_LED_0
- ESW_P4_LED_0
- LED_WLAN# (connected with pin 44 in wifi1 slot)
Other notes:
1. The board is available with different amounts of RAM and flash. We
have only added support for the 256/16 MB configuration, as that seems
to be the default. However, all the required infrastructure is in place
for making support for the other configurations easy.
2. The manufacturer offers five different wireless cards with MediaTek
chipsets, based on MT76x2, MT7603 and MT7615. Images of the board all
show that the miniPCIe slots are dedicated to specific Wi-Fi cards.
However, the slots are generic.
3. All boards we got access to had the same EEPROM content. The default
firmware reads the Ethernet MAC from offset 0xe000 in factory partition.
This offset only contains 0xffs, so a random MAC will be generated on
every boot of the router. There is a valid MAC stored at offset 0xe006
and this MAC is shown as the WAN MAC in the bootloader. However, it is
the same on all boards we have checked. Based on information provided
by the vendor, all boards sold in small quantities are considered more
as samples for development purposes.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
This increases kernel partition size and fixes rootfs (file-system)
partition size on TP-Link RE450 v1. Also, while we are at it, switch
from statically defined kernel and rootfs partitions in kernel cmdline
to "tplink-fw" mtd splitter.
Fixes: FS#1072.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This patch increases kernel partition size and re-enables image
generation for below TP-Link boards:
- archer-c58-v1
- archer-c60-v1
- tl-wr902ac-v1
- tl-wr942n-v1
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
[commit message and title reworded]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There was a typo in module.mk for pfe module autoload.
This patch is to fix this and remove useless rc.local
which was for loading pfe module.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
The QorIQ FRDM-LS1012A Board is an ultra-low-cost
development platform for QorIQ LS1012A Series Network
Processors built on ARM Cortex-A53 processor.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add PPA (The Primary Protected Application)
package and also enable it for all layerscape devices.
LSDK github provides ppa source code git tree, but it
only could be compiled with 64-bit toolchain. For 32-bit
devices, there was no method to use it.
https://github.com/qoriq-open-source/ppa-generic
This patch is to directly use a private ppa binary tree for
both 32-bit and 64-bit devices.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to use ppfe git tree on LSDK github
instead of private git tree, and support the latest
ppfe on ls1012ardb.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Some new options were introduced by kernel patches.
And some options should be removed/added.
The config-4.9 should be updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Updated kernel patches to align layerscape kernel
with latest LSDK linux (LSDK-17.09-update-103017-V4.9 tag).
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Default profile had to enable many packages for all devices
support. This made these packages still enabled when built
for single device. This patch is to remove default profile.
For multiple devices build, it's proper to build with multiple
devices profile.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
A previous patch disaggregated kernel patch 601 intending to
reverse the ndo_get_stats64 change, but it also dropped
many other changes without a reason. This caused build issue
for layerscape. This patch is to fix that with below steps.
1. Reversed patch "1c4415a layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64",
but kept kernel patch 701 which was a proper fix.
2. Reversed the ndo_get_stats64 change in kernel patch 601.
3. Renamed patch 601 (net patch) to 202 (core-linux patch). Maybe it's
more proper.
Fixes: 1c4415a679 ("layerscape: reverse changes to ndo_get_stats64")
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
On the Asus RT-N16, the ports are not mapped the in the same way as
the RT-N12. It is, however, the same as the Linksys E3000v1.
Signed-off-by: Tim Thorpe <timfthorpe@gmail.com>
The memcpy of the init data relies on chip->registers to be initialized,
which only happens later in the code. Move this initialization further
down to make it work.
This was breaking PCIe/USB on some MikroTik RouterBoard devices.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The MAC addresses were not being set for LAN and WAN. This will now use the
same MAC mechanism as the rest of the target.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gimpelevich <daniel@gimpelevich.san-francisco.ca.us>
TP-Link TL-WR840N v5 is simple N300 router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas, based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 1x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button
* LED in TL-WR840N v5 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Orange LED is registered so you can later use it for your own purposes.
Flash instruction:
Unlike TL-WR840N v4 flashing through WEB UI works in v5.
1. Download lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr840n-v5-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin image.
2. Go to 192.168.0.1
3. Flash the sysupgrade image through Firmware upgrade section of WEB UI.
4. Wait until green LED stops flashing and use the router.
Notes:
TFTP recovery is broken since TP-Link reused bootloader code for v4 and
that does not take into account only 4 MB of flash and bricks the device.
So do not use TFTP Recovery or you will have to rewrite SPI flash.
They fixed it in later GPL code,but it is unknown which version of
bootloader you have.
After manually compiling and flashing bootloader from GPL sources TFTP
recovery works properly.
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
The splitter ignored the rootfs offset from the header, probably
because until c1e6e61 it was invalid.
This patch fixes the splitter to use the now correct header data.
Regarding target/linux/ar71xx/files/drivers/mtd/tplinkpart.c,
this particular splitter "falls back" to the correct rootfs offset
reading and as such it doesn't need to be updated, although it will
report a kernel partition length that can be larger than the actual
length as it assumes that partition fills the entire segment up to
the rootfs partition.
Tested-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Tested-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Tested-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
- H3 @ 1.3 GHz
- 1GiB DDR3
- 10/100Mbps Ethernet
- Realtek RTL8189ETV wifi
- 4 USB 2.0
Difference to the "Orange Pi Plus" is the lack of Gbit ethernet
and lack of onboard flash.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
Current jumbo frame support code allocates rxbuffers of the maximum size
supported by the hardware (~14KB). This happens at the device open time
even if the configured MTU is lower (e.g. if it configured to standard
1500 bytes). Such behavior effectivly prevents interface start on boards
with a low ammount of RAM (e.g. WRT300N v2), since the kernel simly can
not allocates of ~0.8MB (14KB x 64).
So remove jumbo frame support for now.
Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The patch, which adds multiphy support, adds new path for non-standard
PHYs (e.g. MV88E6060 switch IC) to avoid using kernel phy framework. All
work well except the link status traking (Duplex and Speed), which is
reseted as soon as PHY connection procedure is done. This leads to lost
of the link status of non-standard PHY, which is configured exactly in
the ixp4xx_phy_connect() function.
Move the generic reset of a link state to the ixp4xx_phy_connect()
function to the code path, which is intended for handling of a normal
PHY.
Reported-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Tested-by: Nerijus Baliunas <nerijus@users.sourceforge.net>
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The MarsBoard was a short-lived credit-card sized, extendable board with an Allwinner A10 SoC.
http://linux-sunxi.org/MarsBoard_A10
Signed-off-by: Kayo Phoenix <kayo@illumium.org>
[Forward-ported to new target layout:]
Signed-off-by: Zoltan HERPAI <wigyori@uid0.hu>
On NOR based Mikrotik devices, 4K sectors significantly slow down
firmware flashing and jffs2 usage. On NAND based devices they may be
necessary to run rbcfg (the boot loader config is often on SPI NOR).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Some targets need 4K sectors for small flash chips (e.g. some
routerboards, where the entire chip is just one "erase block"), whereas
on other devices 4K sectors lead to horrible flash erase/write
performance.
Set the default limit in the generic kernel configuration to 4 MiB to
ensure that all new platforms don't use 4K sectors for bigger flash
chips. On all existing targets use 16 MiB for now to avoid regressions.
They will be changed individually in follow-up commits.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This changes the cmdline from:
Kernel command line: root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)
to
Kernel command line: rootfstype=squashfs,ext4 rootwait noinitrd root=/dev/mmcblk0p5
Bootloader command line (ignored): board=NBG6817 root=/dev/mmcblk0p5 rootwait zld_ver=2.04 console=ttyHSL1,115200n8 mtdparts=m25p80:0xC0000(SBL)ro,0x40000(TZ)ro,0x40000(RPM)ro,0x80000(u-boot)ro,0x10000(env)ro,0x10000(ART)ro,0x10000(dualflag),0x210000(reserved)
As a consequence booting from the alternative dual-boot partition set
(root=/dev/mmcblk0p8) becomes possible.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
AP-DK01.1-C1 is QCA dev board with:
- ipq4018 quad core ARM @716.8MHz, 2x2 dual (11n+11ac) radio
- 256MB RAM
- 32MB SPI flash
- QCA8075 multiport ethernet phy (WAN port, 4x LAN ports)
First installation via u-boot:
sf probe
sf erase 0x180000 0x1a00000
tftpboot 0x84000000 lede-ipq806x-AP-DK01.1-C1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
sf write 0x84000000 0x180000 $filesize
Further upgrades via sysupgrade.
Changes:
- add partitions
- set memory size to 256MB
- add reserved memory mapping
- add correct compatible string
- add image generation
- extract pre-cal data from ART partition
Compile and run tested.
Wirespeed NAT can be achieved with spreading rx interrupts over different
cores. Wifi speed is ~550Mbps @5GHz in open air.
Note:
AP-DK01.1-C1 is fully compatible with AP-DK01.2-C1, which has
ipq4028 instead of ipq4018 on board.
Changes since v2:
- based on dts(i) rework/cleanup submitted:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/lede-dev/2017-October/009596.html
- precise reserved memory mapping
- more precise description
- compatible string
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
Supported frequencies of all ipq40xx chips are 48, 200, 500 and 716.8 MHz.
Previous 666MHz setting was most likely related to instability of early
chips/boards made before mass production.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
This fixes the LED configuration for the D-Link DIR-869 A1. In order to
support the device I probed around using an initramfs image for the
UniFi AC. Pulling GPIO 15 to low enabled the LEDs while high disabled them.
GPIO 16 set to low meant that the color was white while pulling it to high
made the color change to orange. The past code was written based upon these
findings.
However, running a flashed image I now discovered that GPIO 15 controls the
orange LEDs while GPIO 16 controls the white ones and that both are active
when low. This means that the GPIOs were inverted and one active_low was set
wrong which this patch fixes.
Behavior of the LED front after this patch is applied:
cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link:white:status/brightness
0 -> white LEDs are OFF
255 -> white LEDs are ON
cat /sys/devices/platform/leds-gpio/leds/d-link🍊status/brightness
0 -> orange LEDs are OFF
255 -> orange LEDs are ON
If the brightness of both is set to 255 the LED front will be white.
If the brightness of both is set to 0 the LED front will be off.
Signed-off-by: Florian Beier <beier.florian@gmail.com>
The GPIOs are used for defined LEDs and therefore are ignored/unset in
the ath9k driver since 192f0a3db8. The wireless led led trigger is
added in userspace since e20965811d, which makes the
ap9x_pci_setup_wmac_led_pin() superfluous.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The platform data was missing the num_registers element which is now
mandatory in linux 4.9
Without this patch, the gpio probing would fail with:
gpio gpiochip1: (74x164): tried to insert a GPIO chip with zero lines
Fixes: #1106
Tested-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The ZyXEL NBG6817 calculates all MAC addresses based on the ethaddr
value stored in the U-Boot environment (0:APPSBLENV). No MAC addresses
are stored in the ART partition and the generated MAC addresses for the
wlan interfaces alternate randomly between 12:34:56:78:90:12 and
00:03:7f:12:34:56.
interface new/ OEM MAC old MAC
wlan-2.4g (phy1): ethaddr undefined
wlan-5g (phy0): ethaddr + 1 undefined
lan : ethaddr + 2 ethaddr
wan : ethaddr + 3 ethaddr + 1
This patch defines stable MAC addresses for the wlan interfaces for
the first time instead of generating them at random. The previously
defined values for lan/ wan are changed to follow the settings of the
OEM firmware.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
The ZyXEL NBG6817 uses an eMMC flash for the rootfs, which is split
into the readonly squashfs and ext4 for the overlay. This adds the
required package to the device packages to allow mounting the overlay
by default.
/dev/root on /rom type squashfs (ro,relatime)
proc on /proc type proc (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
sysfs on /sys type sysfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noexec,noatime)
tmpfs on /tmp type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,nodev,noatime)
/dev/loop0 on /overlay type ext4 (rw,noatime,data=ordered)
overlayfs:/overlay on / type overlay (rw,noatime,lowerdir=/,upperdir=/overlay/upper,workdir=/overlay/work)
tmpfs on /dev type tmpfs (rw,nosuid,relatime,size=512k,mode=755)
devpts on /dev/pts type devpts (rw,nosuid,noexec,relatime,mode=600,ptmxmode=000)
debugfs on /sys/kernel/debug type debugfs (rw,noatime)
mountd(pid1040) on /tmp/run/blockd type autofs (rw,relatime,fd=7,pgrp=1,timeout=30,minproto=5,maxproto=5,indirect)
Before this commit, the ext4 based overlayfs could not be mounted,
which left only the tmpfs based/ volatile emergency overlay in place.
Fixes: https://forum.lede-project.org/t/zyxel-nbg6817-flashing-from-oem/768
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
On some devices the flash chip needs to be in 3-byte addressing mode during
reboot, otherwise the boot loader will fail to start.
This mode however does not allow regular reads/writes onto the upper 16M
half. W25Q256 has separate read commands for reading from >16M, however
it does not have any separate write commands.
This patch changes the code to leave the chip in 3-byte mode most of the
time and only switch during erase/write cycles that go to >16M
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Serial output was broken since 3.16 for shared uarts between
kernel and login. Fix this by adding a fix sent upstream.
While at it, drop a useless patch that adds duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The NXP LSDK kernel backported changes for interface ndo_get_stats64
functions from mainline, this causes a compile error with
backports/mac80211, which expects the original 4.9 defintion.
As reversing the ndo_get_stats64 change signifcantly reduces the size of
patch 601, the patches that were aggregated into it have been
disaggregated.
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
These conflict with the kmod packages (such as nf-netlink)
Signed-off-by: Mathew McBride <matt@traverse.com.au>
[Add same changes for arm8_32b subtarget and refresh config]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Mark target arc770 as source-only as it has package compile issues
(e.g. iproute2) due to the usage of uClibc.
As a prerequisite to be included in future releases the arc770 target
needs to switch either to glibc or musl.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Remove the ephy-pins from the ethernet device tree node. The ephy-pins
are useed to controll the ePHY LEDs and this board doesn't have these.
Instead one of the ePHY pins is used in GPIO mode to control the WAN
LED.
Use the switch LED trigger to control the WAN LED. Move the power LED
handling to diag.sh to show the boot status via this LED.
Add the missing kernel packages for USB and microSD card reader to the
default package selection.
Fix the maximum image size value. The board has a 32MByte flash chip.
Fixes: FS#1055
Signed-off-by: Edmunt Pienkowsky <roed@onet.eu>
[make the commit message more verbose, remove GPIO pinmux for pins not
used as GPIOs]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Without this, posix_[fm]advise does not work. This causes issues with
btrfs-progs, which uses fadvise to drop caches.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
This commit fix 5GHz wireless interface used in Archer C58/C59/C60v1
and set correctly MAC address on this interface.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
IMG_PREFIX can be modified in ImageBuilder by passing EXTRA_IMAGE_NAME
on command line, but Image/Prepare is not run in ImageBuilder. This
causes missing files when IMG_PREFIX is used for target file names in
Image/Prepare, then as source file names in Image/BuildKernel or
Image/Build.
Fix this by using a fixed output file name in Image/Prepare, and copy to
the expected file name in Image/BuildKernel instead, which is run by
ImageBuilder.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Remove reference to pinmux group "wdt rst" on EW1200, ZBT-WG2626 and
ZBT-WG3526 devices. "wdt rst" is a pinmux function and not a pinmux
group.
Fixes the following error message during boot:
rt2880-pinmux pinctrl: invalid group "wdt rst" for function "gpio"
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Zyxel NBG6817 features a WiFi button, which becomes functional by setting
correct GPIO. It is a switch-type button, so it emits KEY_RFKILL on each ON
and OFF state. This is achieved by setting input-type to EV_SW.
Signed-off-by: Tolga Cakir <tolga@cevel.net>
Add the respective colour to the LED's names for the GL-AR150 to be conform
to the kernel. Also add netdev triggers for the LAN and WAN LED.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Append and enforce image metadata. Remove the device specific image
checks, they are replaced by image metadata.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use the values populated by the generic board detect function. The
first compatible from the device tree source file will be the board
name in userspace. The model property from the device tree source file
will be the model name.
Change the board name where used in the userspace and drop the target
specific board detect, to use the generic one.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
initramfs is not the proper name for this, as it stores a boot ramdisk
and not a filesystem. Update the name to reflect it's usage correctly.
If CMDLINE_OVERRIDE is enabled, the chosen bootargs aren't used at all.
Drop them from the device tree source file to not cause confusion.
Remove the noinitrd bootarg. Due to the empty ramdisk this parameter
isn't required any longer:
[ 0.000000] Initrd not found or empty - disabling initrd
Use the LEDE mtd-mac-address* device tree properties to set the interfaces
MAC-Addresses.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Move the kernel config changes added with the HiveAP 330 to the
subtarget the board belongs to instead of changing the target kernel
config.
While at it, move the TL_WDR4900_V1 config symbol to the containing
subtarget and disable boards we don't support.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following moves the mpc85xx target (generic & P1020) to the new
build code style.
Compile & Flash tested on an Aerohive HiveAP-330.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
That device does not have a USB port. It as the same board as the
WT3020-8M, but without soldered USB port port. Also the case lacks the
opening for the port.
Reported-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
the nexx wt3020-8M has a usb 2.0 port,
add usb 2.0 support packages to its default package list.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).
By using dsl0 as interface name as for the xrx200 we can get rid of a
few conditionals which were introduced because of the different default
TC-Layer in xway and xrx200.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Set a default Annex matching the the annex of the selected adsl
firmware.
Set Annex B for xrx200 board which are known to have an ADSL hybrid for
Annex B.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With removing the boards from the the default case to fix the xDSL WAN
MAC-Address, the setting for the default LAN interface wasn't added.
Fixes: 92a12c434c ("lantiq: fix avm fritz box mac addresses")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
Patch 610-netfilter_match_bypass_default_check added an extra flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH
which is copied to user space in function copy_entries_to_user. The 32bit compat
layer function was missing the same logic to copy the flag IPT_F_NO_DEF_MATCH to
user space for a 64bit kernel and 32 bit user space.
Signed-off-by: Hans Dedecker <dedeckeh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thierry Dutre <thierry.dutre@dtsystems.be>
On RB91x (and possibly others), there is a small SPI flash to store boot
loader and configuration. It needs 4K sectors to be able to write the
configuration using rbcfg
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
In 4.9, gpio count is rounded up to 32 due to the use of bgpio in the
ath79 gpio controller driver.
Fix base values in mach files to account for that
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Change the Makefile to use LTO for better code optimisations. Gains are
very low, only 270 bytes saved, but it's only Makefile changes.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
Some bootloaders set a cache cohenrency to a very slow mode. Use code from
Linux kernel to set it to "Cacheable, noncoherent, write-back, write
allocate".
Perfomance impact is significant on TP-Link EAP245 board, kernel
decompression time fall from 33 seconds to less than 1.
Signed-off-by: Julien Dusser <julien.dusser@free.fr>
The Raspberry Pi bootloader reads configuration values from config.txt
in the boot partition. This file allows to specify the amount of memory
to assign to the GPU, the license keys for hardware MPEG-2 and VC-1
decoding, Device Tree parameters and overlays, and lots of other things.
Since sysupgrade only restores the configuration after booting the newly
flashed image, these values will not be active, even if sysupgrade would
save /boot/config.txt. To solve this, add the file to the files to be
backed up, and restore it in platform_copy_config, before reboot.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This affects the following boards:
* dr344
* archer-c58-v1
* archer-c60-v1
* tl-wr902ac-v1
* tl-wr942n-v1
* ubnt-uap-pro
* ubnt-unifi-outdoor-plus
The build fails for any of these boards because the resulting kernel
image will not fit into the kernel partition.
When CONFIG_KERNEL_KALLSYMS is not set it could be that the kernel will
fit onto the board again, this is the case for release images.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Kernel 4.9 support was added about 2 weeks ago and we haven't seen any
major regression so far. This patch was not ported to kernel 4.9, this
needs some additional work:
821-serial-core-add-support-for-boot-console-with-arbitr.patch
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When the kmod-at91-adc package is activated for the at91 target the new
option CONFIG_AT91_SAMA5D2_ADC is selectable and not handled. Add this
option to the kernel 4.9 configuration.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
TP-Link Archer C7 v4 is a dual-band AC1750 router, based on Qualcomm/Atheros
QCA9561+QCA9888.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 3T3R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet
- 7x LED, 2x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
1. Upload lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin via Web interface
Flash instruction using TFTP recovery:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66
2. Download lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c7-v4-squashfs-factory.bin
and rename it to ArcherC7v4_tp_recovery.bin
3. Start a tftp server with the file tp_recovery.bin in its root directory
4. Turn off the router
5. Press and hold Reset button
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds
7. Release the reset button and after a short time
the firmware should be transferred from the tftp server
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
1. tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f040000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f040000 $filesize
4. reset
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9558 (720 MHz)
- RAM: 256MB
- Storage: 1MB NOR, 128 MB NAND flash
- Ethernet: 1x1000M
Installation:
1. Connect to serial console on the board
2. Boot initramfs image over u-boot
3. Copy image to the device and run sysupgrade
Installation without serial console is not supported at this time
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Kernel 4.9 is now working on the brcm47xx boards, we just recently fixed
the problem that some boards did not boot at all, by changing the memory
regions used to relocate the kernel to in the loader.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
When porting the kernel patches from 4.4 to 4.9, they were missing a
small chunk that ensures that ftrace sections are kept in the vmlinux
image, even when linked with --gc-sections
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The ARV752DPW22 has the same generic mac address in the EEPROM as it
was already noticed for other lantiq boards using a ralink wireless.
Use the base mac address from the boardconfig partition as it is done
by the stock firmware.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This adds support for kernel 4.9 and replaces the kernel 4.4 support.
These are lynxis test results:
panda-board a3 - works, but no network, but master/4.4 doesn't have network either.
panda-board-a4 - u-boot SPL refuse to boot.
beaglebone-black - works
beagle-board - usb attached network doesn't come up and I doesn't have a serial around.
beagle-board-xm - ToDo: image code is missing.
Kernel 4.4 does not look better, so we merge this anyway.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
This reverts commit 13e5e47369.
This commit causes a severe regression in LAN->WAN routing performance
for several devices. This appears to be caused by the extra requirement
to validate the SKB checksum early in the rx path, which the ethernet
hardware does not do
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The build system took the DTB_SIZE definition from Default and not from
production-dtb under some conditions. Move the size definitions to
Default now as it is only used in production-dtb anyway.
Thanks Mathias Kresin for helping me with this.
Fixes: c2f052acae ("at91: convert boards to generic build target")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
These options where deactivated in the malta kernel, take the default
options form the generic kernel configuration now to better match the
other targets.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This change makes it possible to configure the wan/dsl ppp interface
settings independantly from the used TC-Layer (ATM/PTM).
Now you can move a device from an ADSL/ATM port to an VDSL/PTM port
without any configuration changes for example.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
[use the dsl0 interface name for the default netdev trigger in 01_led,
add ip dependency]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It is unclear why so many packages are selected for ClearFog Base compared
to its big brother, and there is no reason to not append metadata for Base.
Tidy this up as the only hardware difference between Base/Pro is the
presence of a switch and a different board name / device tree.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
Remove redundancy for platform_do_upgrade_clearfog
Fix platform_copy_config_clearfog to reflect -base/-pro split
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This module from Laird includes the following:
- CPU Atmel SoC SAMA5D31
- Wifi QCA6004
- Bluetooth CSR8811
- RAM 64MB LPDDR
- FLASH 128MB
The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
This module from Laird includes the following:
- CPU Atmel SoC ARM926EJS
- Wifi AR6003
- Bluetooth CSR8510
- RAM 64MB LPDDR
- FLASH 128MB
The flash is a dual image layout, kernel a/b, rootfs a/b, and a user
partition.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Instead of applying global defaults based on selected board, transition
to using a per board setting for UBIFS and UBINIZE.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
The platform generates squashfs images in a UBI block but misses the
kernel module to be able to mount the block.
DMA is also enabled to allow systems which include them in the DTS to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Specifications:
- SoC: Qualcomm QCA9531 (650MHz)
- RAM: 64MB
- Storage: 16MB NOR SPI flash
- Ethernet: 5x100M (1 PoE in, 4 PoE out)
- Outdoor use ready
This ethernet router is based on the same platform as the hEX PoE lite.
Installation
1. login to the Mikrotik WebUI to backup your licence keys
2. setup a DHCP/BOOTP Server with:
* DHCP-Option 66 (TFTP server name) pointing to a local TFTP
Server within the same subnet of the DHCP range
* DHCP-Option 67 (Bootfile-Name) matching the initramfs filename
of the to be booted image
3. connect the port labled internet to your local network
4. keep the reset button pushed down and power on the board
The board should load and start the initramfs image from the TFTP
Server. Login as root/without password to the started LEDE via ssh
listing on IPv4 address 192.168.1.1. Use sysupgrade to install LEDE.
Revert to RouterOS
Use the "rbcfg" package on in LEDE:
* rbcfg set boot_protocol bootp
* rbcfg set boot_device ethnand
* rbcfg apply
Open Netinstall and reboot routerboard. Now netinstall sees routerboard
and you can install RouterOS. If NetInstall gets stuck on Sending offer
just wait for it to timeout and then close and open Netinstall again.
Click on install again.
In order for RouterOS to function properly, you need to restore license
for the device. You can do that by including license in NetInstall
Signed-off-by: Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
Kimax U-25AWF-H1 is is a 2,5" HDD Enclosure with Wi-Fi/Eth conection
and battery, based on MediaTek MT7620A.
Patch rewritten from: https://forum.openwrt.org/viewtopic.php?pid=305643
Specification:
- MT7620A CPU
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 802.11bgn WiFi
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- USB 2.0 Host
- UART for serial console
Flash instruction:
1. Download lede-ramips-mt7620-u25awf-h1-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. Open webinterface a upgrade
3. After boot connect via ethernet to ip 192.168.1.1
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kucera <daniel.kucera@gmail.com>
[fix reset button gpio, don't add a lan/wan vlan config for single
port board, add -H1 suffix do make sure that this revision of the
board is supported/tested]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following adds the Aerohive HiveAP-330 Access Point to LEDE under
the mpc85xx/p1020 subtarget.
Hardware:
- SoC: Freescale P1020NSE2DFB
- NAND: Intel JS28F512M29EWH 64MB
- Memory: 2x ProMOS V59C1G01168QBJ3 128MB (Total of 256MB)
- 2.4GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- 5.0GHz WiFi: Atheros AR9390-AL1A
- Eth1: Atheros AR8035-A PoE
- Eth2: Atheros AR8035-A
- TPM: Atmel AT97SC3204
- LED Driver: TI LP5521
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter a
password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, tftp boot the initramfs image:
dhcp;
tftpboot 0x1000000 192.168.1.101:lede-
mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-initramfs.zImage;
tftpboot 0x6000000 192.168.1.101:lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330.fdt;
bootm 0x1000000 - 0x6000000;
3. Once booted, scp over the sysupgrade file and sysupgrade the device
to flash LEDE to the NAND.
sysupgrade /tmp/lede-mpc85xx-p1020-hiveap-330-sysupgrade.img
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This patch adds a new kernel option called CONFIG_CMDLINE_OVERRIDE. This
setting is for devices with locked down u-boot environments, where users
are unable to change the default bootargs. When set, the fdt driver will
propagate the cmdline for the kernel from chosen/bootargs-override
instead of chosen/bootargs as long as it exists within the DTB.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The following patch enables building of initramfs images by default for
the P1020 subtarget in mpc85xx.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Add ext4 filesystem for creating sdcard image with ext4 rootfs and
removing ext2 as it superset of ext4.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Enabled SDHCI for sama5 in kernel default config and this is needed
to mount sdcard rootfs partition during boot.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
This PHY requires some extra programming to work reliably with all
devices. Backport upstream fix for it.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is no requirement and plan to support 32-bit for ls1088ardb
and ls2088ardb. Current 32-bit firmware for them couldn't work,
so only keep 64-bit support for these two boards in menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
When build firmware for layerscape target with CONFIG_ALL_NONSHARED=y,
there would be a compile issue of usb ehci-fsl driver. Actually this
driver was for PPC platforms initially and was not ready for non-PPC
now, but a kernel kconfig patch removed PPC dependency for it. So that
kernel patch should be reverted.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This add support for kernel 4.9 to the ar71xx target.
It was compile tested with the generic, NAND and mikrotik subtarget.
Multiple members of the community tested it on their boards and did not
report any major problem so far.
Especially the NAND part received some changes to adapt to the new
kernel APIs. The serial driver hack used for the Arduino Yun was not
ported because the kernel changed there a lot.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
By default we are reusing the stack provided by CFE, like it is intended
by CFE. On my WRT54GS it is located at 0x8043BF30, so a big kernel image
could overwrite it. Relocate it to a different memory region which is
still under the 8MB RAM, but in the higher area. We only need this
memory region for the stack of the loader, Linux will set up this
for its own.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The boot process on a WRT54GL works the following way:
1. CFE gets loaded by the boot rom from flash
2. CFE loads the loader from the flash and gzip uncompresses it
3. CFE starts the loader
4. The loader stores the FW arguments and relocates itself to
BZ_TEXT_START (now 0x80600000)
5. The loader reads the Linux image from flash
6. The loader lzma decompresses the Linux image to LOADADDR (0x80001000)
7. The loader executes the uncompress Linux image at LOADADDR
The BZ_TEXT_START was set to 0x80400000 before. When the kernel gets
uncompressed and is bigger than BZ_TEXT_START - LOADADDR it overwrote
the loader which was currently uncompressing it and made the board
crash. Increase the BZ_TEXT_START my 2 MB to have more space for the
kernel. Even on 16MB RAM devices the memory goes till 0x80FFFFFF so this
should not be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
The tplink 841n v13 requires an tplink v2 image header in
front of an initramfs image.
To boot an initramfs image:
- break the uboot by holding the '4' key
- setup your tftp server 192.168.0.255
- tftp 81000000 lede-ramips-mt76x8-tl-wr841n-v13-initramfs-kernel.bin
- bootm
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Enable dwmac-sun8i Ethernet core to use the built-in FastEthernet port.
Enable exposed UART, USB and I2C pins.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
The lantiq patch 0028-NET-lantiq-various-etop-fixes.patch and sunxi
patch 0051-stmmac-form-4-11.patch no longer applied after applying the
the "generalize napi_complete_done()" patch.
Update them so they apply, and refresh patches while at it.
Fixes: 9aeb7ce8dc ("generic: net: generalize napi_complete_done")
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Backport upstream commit that improves ethernet performance by a
small amount.
Compile and run tested on ipq8065.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
These options are deactivating some kernel modules for IP blocks not
uses on this SoC. I saw the same when working with the ARM64 Marvell
board so it is better to move them to generic.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Layerscape uses Cortex-A53 or Cortex-A72 CPU. It's proper
to set below CPU_TYPE for 32-bit mode.
CPU_TYPE:=cortex-a15
CPU_SUBTYPE:=neon-vfpv4
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
This patch is to add linux 4.9 support for layerscape.
All these kernel patches are from NXP LSDK 1709 release.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Rename subtargets 32b/64b with armv8_32b/armv8_64b which are
more proper, and update makefile files. There also will be other
subtargets added in the future, like armv7.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Under heavy load it's possible to overrun the 82574L. When this
happens, Other Interrupt happens and that's erroneously interpreted
as a Link Status Change.
http://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/792260/
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
A default rssileds config exists for the TP-Link WA850RE v1 but the
rssiled package is not included by default.
The compressed 17.01.3 image size increases by 3302 bytes which should
be tolerable even for a 4MB flash board.
Fixes: FS#1043
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With kernel commit 7630ea4bda18 ("Documentation: net: phy: improve
explanation when to specify the PHY ID") the purpose of using phy id
specific compatibles was clarified.
Remove the phy id specific compatibles since they are meant to be used
if the phy reports an incorrect or no phy id at all.
Reported-by: Martin Blumenstingl <martin.blumenstingl@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The generic nand driver fails to load with:
gen_nand 14000000.nand-parts: platform_nand_data is missing
gen_nand: probe of 14000000.nand-parts failed with error -22
and the xway-nand driver is used afterwards.
Drop the gen_nand compatible to get rid of the error message.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708, octeon and x86/64.
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-1000252
- CVE-2017-12153
- CVE-2017-12154
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Evaluation board 2.2 uses a different status LED pin
The other removed LEDs were never present
Signed-off-by: Catrinel Catrinescu <cc@80211.de>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Handle AR9344 as well. Disable the EHCI platform device when device mode
is active, to avoid resource conflicts.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
This patch adds all the board-specific values currently hardcoded
in mktplinkfw2.c back to the respective device declarations in the
makefiles.
The rationale is to avoid modifying the source code every time a
new board or board variant is added.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARÈNE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Keep Archer C20 Power LED in the same state as it was configured by
bootloader (keep it hightlighed) to avoid unexpectable LED turning off
during kernel boot.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Add the missing USB related kernel config options to target config.
Enable wireless as well, wireless is supported via USB.
Fixes compile/packaging errors with the libertas wireless kernel
module.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Do not disable SPI in the subtarget, otherwise the SPI driver can not
be used.
Disable SPI by default and enable it in the board specific device tree
source file.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
AmazonSE and Falcon do not have support for PCI and it can't be
unselected in the subtarget kernel config. This way the enabled PCI
support is inherit from the higher level config to the subtarget.
If CONFIG_PCI is selected, PCI_SUPPORT will be autoselected as well and
all packages depending on this config symbol will be build and at least
some of them fail due to missing pci functions.
The issue can be observed if all kmods and all non-shared packages are
build. Fix the issue by enabling PCI support only in subtargets with
PCI support.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The subtarget kernel config options CONFIG_CC_OPTIMIZE_FOR_SIZE and
CONFIG_HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK are already set by the target or
global kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ was replaced by CONFIG_SPI_LANTIQ_SSC with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.
All other removed subtarget kernel config options are already set by
the target specific or global kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_MTSCHED & CONFIG_PERFCTRS were never defined in the kernel.
CONFIG_LANTIQ_PHY was replaced by CONFIG_INTEL_XWAY_PHY with the switch
to the upstreamed driver.
Add autoselected dependecies to the kernel config.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CONFIG_GPIO_DEVRES was removed with kernel commit f9c22ec6c1c5 ("gpio:
Remove GPIO_DEVRES option") during kernel 4.9 development.
CONFIG_HAVE_BPF_JIT was removed with kernel commit 6077776b5908 ("bpf:
split HAVE_BPF_JIT into cBPF and eBPF variant") during kernel 4.7
development.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The following features are working and tested:
* both Ethernet ports
* MMC
* LED
The following features are not working:
* Wifi (There is a crappy driver we could port)
* SPI flash (I haven't looked into this)
I haven't tried out the rest.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
check if the config option CONFIG_LANTIQ is defined.
This fixes the following warning:
CC [M] drivers/misc/owl-loader.o
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c: In function 'ath9k_pci_fixup':
drivers/misc/owl-loader.c:92:5: warning: "CONFIG_LANTIQ" is not defined [-Wundef]
#if CONFIG_LANTIQ
^
Fixes: e9401a2335 ("kernel: owl-loader for delayed Atheros ath9k fixup")
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner H3 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds the device tree changes needed to make the GMAC stmmac driver
working for the Allwinner A64 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This adds support for the GMAC which is use in the A64 and other
Allwinner chips by backporting the changes from the kernel versions
4.13.
Some commits are not backported which are adding support for newly
introduced APIs which are not available in kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Booting from jffs2 directly is no longer supported, use
rootfstype=squashfs consistently for all subtargets
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This commit improves support for the Xiaomi Mi Router 3G originally
added in commit 6e283cdc0d
Improvements:
- Remove software watchdog as hardware watchdog now working as per
commit 3fbf3ab44f for all mt7621
devices.
- Reset button polarity corrected - length of press determines reboot
(short press) vs. reset to defaults (long press) behaviour.
- Enable GPIO amber switch port LEDs on board rear - lit indicates 1Gbit
link and blink on activity. Green LEDs driven directly by switch
indicating any link speed and tx activity.
- USB port power on/off GPIO exposed as 'usbpower'
- Add access to uboot environment settings for checking/setting uboot
boot order preference from user space.
Changes:
- Front LED indicator is physically made of independent Yellow/Amber,
Red & Blue LEDs combined via a plastic 'lightpipe' to a front panel
indicator, hence the colour behaviour is similar to an RGB LED. RGB
LEDs are not supported at this time because they produce colour results
that do not then match colour labels, e.g. enabling 'mir3g:red' and
'mir3g:blue' would result in a purple indicator and we have no such
label for purple.
The yellow, red & blue LEDs have been split out as individual yellow,
red & blue status LEDs, with yellow being the default status LED as
before and with red's WAN and blue's USB default associations removed.
- Swapped order of vlan interfaces (eth0.1 & eth0.2) to match stock vlan
layout. eth0.1 is LAN, eth0.2 is WAN
- Add 'lwlll' vlan layout to mt7530 switch driver to prevent packet
leakage between kernel switch init and uci swconfig
uboot behaviour & system 'recovery'
uboot expects to find bootable kernels at nand addresses 0x200000 &
0x600000 known by uboot as "system 1" and "system 2" respectively.
uboot chooses which system to hand control to based on 3 environment
variables: flag_last_success, flag_try_sys1_failed & flag_try_sys2_failed
last_success represents a preference for a particular system and is set
to 0 for system 1, set to 1 for system 2. last_success is considered *if*
and only if both try_sys'n'_failed flags are 0 (ie. unset) If *either*
failed flags are set then uboot will attempt to hand control to the
non failed system. If both failed flags are set then uboot will check
the uImage CRC of system 1 and hand control to it if ok. If the uImage
CRC of system is not ok, uboot will hand control to system 2
irrespective of system 2's uImage CRC.
NOTE: uboot only ever sets failed flags, it *never* clears them. uboot
sets a system's failed flag if that system's was selected for boot but
the uImage CRC is incorrect.
Fortunately with serial console access, uboot provides the ability to
boot an initramfs image transferred via tftp, similarly an image may
be flashed to nand however it will flash to *both* kernels so a backup
of stock kernel image is suggested. Note that the suggested install
procedure below set's system 1's failed flag (stock) thus uboot ignores
the last_success preference and boots LEDE located in system 2.
Considerable thought has gone into whether LEDE should replace both
kernels, only one (and which one) etc. LEDE kernels do not include a
minimal rootfs and thus unlike the stock kernel cannot include a
method of controlling uboot environment variables in the event of
rootfs mount failure. Similarly uboot fails to provide an external
mechanism for indicating boot system failure.
Installation - from stock.
Installation through telnet/ssh:
- copy lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin and
lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin to usb disk or wget it
from LEDE download site to /tmp
- switch to /extdisks/sda1/ (if copied to USB drive) or to /tmp if
wgetted from LEDE download site
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
- run: nvram set flag_try_sys1_failed=1
- run: nvram commit
- run: reboot
Recovery - to stock.
Assuming you used the above installation instructions you will have a
stock kernel image in system 1. If it can be booted then it may be used
to perform a stock firmware recovery, thus erasing LEDE completely. From
a 'working' LEDE state (even failsafe)
Failsafe only:
- run: mount_root
- run: sh /etc/uci-defaults/30_uboot-envtools
Then do the steps for 'All'
All:
- run: fw_setenv flag_try_sys2_failed 1
- run: reboot
The board will reboot into system 1 (stock basic kernel) and wait with
system red light slowly blinking for a FAT formatted usb stick with a
recovery image to be inserted. Press and hold the reset button for
around 1 second. Status LED will turn yellow during recovery and blue
when recovery complete.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
The RT5350F's second UART pins are available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the device tree.
In order to keep the origian serial port numbering (ttyS0 is the serial
console), aliases added for the UART devices.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The RT5350F i2c pins is available on the base module and on
the EVB as well, so enable it in the dts.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The polarity of WLAN_ACT LED on the base module needs to inverted
in order to be 'on' when the WiFi interface is active
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The RT5350F-OLINUXINO(-EVB).dts files' content are nearly the same, so to avoid
code duplication this patch creates RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dtsi file which
covers the base board's features. The corresponding RT5350F-OLINUXINO.dts
just includes the new .dtsi and the RT5350F-OLINUXINO-EVB.dts adds the EVB
specific GPIO config.
Signed-off-by: Zoltan Gyarmati <mr.zoltan.gyarmati@gmail.com>
The Xiaomi Mi Router 3G uses this deranged vlan portmap. Add support so
that packets are not leaked across all switch ports when reset.
Fix a whitespace nit while we're here.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fix wrong pvids order]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Disable VLANs on mt7621 boards with mt7530 switches on failsafe entry.
Allows failsafe networking to work correctly.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[fixed default case syntax error]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit 31e9445b7e.
"Linksys E1200 V1" is not a valid board name, as the brcm47xx arch code
can not detect this device. Stefan Lippers-Hollmann also found a typo in
this patch "cybetran" instead of "cybertan".
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Signed-off-by: Lucian Cristian <lucian.cristian@gmail.com>
[replaced u-boot patch with original version from u-boot git]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
x86_64 platforms typically don't lack memory, so don't needlessly
economize memory if fq_codel on capable platforms.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
[Add a comment to the patch]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
mediatek MT7621 soc watchdog DTS id was renamed from "mtk,mt7621-wdt" to
"mediatek,mt7621-wdt" when driver upstreamed to kernel 4.5
Update mt7621.dtsi & mt7628an.dtsi definitions to match upstreamed
kernel.
Restores hardward watchdog functionality on mt7621 devices under linux
4.9
Tested on: MIR3G
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <ldir@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Fixes the following CVEs:
- CVE-2017-14106
- CVE-2017-14497
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Add support for SAMA5D4 with target device as at91-sama5d4_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D4 Xplained board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Add support for SAMA5D2 with target device as at91-sama5d2_xplained
in SAMA5 subtarget and build images for SAMA5D2 Xplained board.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
Renaming at91 subtarget sama5d3 to sama5 and using at91-sama5d3_xplained
as a target device in sama5 subtarget.This will enable to add other
sama5d2 & sama5d4 target devices in sama5 subtraget.This will avoid
code duplication when sama5d2 & sama5d4 added as different subtarget.
Signed-off-by: Sandeep Sheriker Mallikarjun <sandeepsheriker.mallikarjun@microchip.com>
This adds initial support for the A64 Allwinner SoC to LEDE.
It will be build in the new cortexa53 subtarget.
Currently it only supports the pine64 and the image is able to boot on
this SoC.
Camera, Ethernet, HDMI and other parts are currently not working.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This backports some more patches from kernel 4.11 adding more devices
to the device tree of the A64 SoC.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This backports multiple patches from kernel 4.10 which are adding
missing support for the A64 and the pine64 board. These are the device
tree files, the pinctlk and the clock driver.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This is required to support kernel 4.9.
Signed-off-by: Roman Yeryomin <roman@advem.lv>
[rewrite commit message (subject <= 50 characters)]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ipq8065/nbg6817 and x86/64.
Fixes CVE-2017-1000251.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
[adapt qcom_nandc.c patches to match upstream changes, test ipq8065/nbg6817]
Signed-off-by: Stefan Lippers-Hollmann <s.l-h@gmx.de>
Delete a bunch of fixes that are already included.
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on malta/mipsel
Runtime-tested on malta/mipsel
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
4.4.80+ contains 71a165f6397df07a06ce643de5c2dbae29bd3cfb, 4.9.41+ contains
6c78197e4a69c19e61dfe904fdc661b2aee8ec20 which are all backports of upstream
commit 0878fff1f42c18e448ab5b8b4f6a3eb32365b5b6 ("net: phy: Do not perform
software reset for Generic PHY").
Our local patch is no longer needed, all this patch was doing was utilizing
gen10g_soft_reset which does nothing either, so just keep the code unchanged.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
We will be prompted with this config symbol when performance monitoring is
enabled in the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The factory partition of the Phicomm K2P contains two MAC addresses.
The lower MAC address is at offset 0xe006 and the higher one is at
offset 0xe000.
Use the lower MAC address as base mac-address which the switch driver
increments by one for the second (wan) vlan.
The MAC addresses are still inverted in contrast to the stock firmware
where the lower MAC address is used for wan. But at least the use of a
MAC address not intended/reserved for this particular board is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Jiawei Wang <me@jwang.link>
In commit b11c51916c ("ramips: Improve Sanlinking D240 config") I made
a mistake with regards GPIO numbering. And in addition to specifying the
wrong GPIO for controling the power of one of the mini-PCIe, I recently
discovered that the power of both slots can be controlled.
This patch specifies the correct GPIO for the left-most mini-PCIe slot
of the D240 (labeled power_mpcie2 since the slot is attached to SIM2),
and adds a GPIO that can be used to control the power of the other
mini-PCIe slot (labeled power_mpcie1).
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[do not use the gpio active macros for the gpio-export value]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
TP-Link Archer C20 v1 is a router with 5-port FE switch and
non-detachable antennas. It's very similiar to TP-Link Archer C50.
Also it's based on MediaTek MT7620A+MT7610EN.
Specification:
- MediaTek MT7620A (580 Mhz)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz and 1T1R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input switch
- 1 x USB 2.0 port
* WAN LED in this devices is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the blue part of the LED.
* MT7610EN ac chip isn't not supported by LEDE. Therefore 5Ghz won't
work.
Factory image notes:
These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device.
We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash. So, to flash this device we must
to prepare image using original firmware from tp-link site with uboot.
Flash instruction:
Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot.
There are two ways to flash the device to LEDE:
1) Using tftp mode with UART connection and original LEDE image
- Place lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin in tftp
server directory
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, power up the router and press
key "4" to access U-Boot CLI.
- Use the following commands to update the device to LEDE:
setenv serverip 192.168.0.66
tftp 0x80060000 lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin
erase tplink 0x20000 0x7a0000
cp.b 0x80060000 0x20000 0x7a0000
reset
- After that the device will reboot and boot to LEDE
2) Using tftp mode without UART connection but require some
manipulations with target image
- Download and unpack TP-Link Archer C20 v1 firmware from original web
site
- Split uboot.bin from original firmware by this command (example):
dd if=Archer_C20v1_0.9.1_4.0_up_boot(160427)_2016-04-27_13.53.59.bin of=uboot.bin bs=512 count=256 skip=1
- Create ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin using this command:
cat uboot.bin lede-ramips-mt7620-ArcherC20-squashfs-factory.bin > ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin
- Place ArcherC20V1_tp_recovery.bin in tftp server directory.
- Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
- Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
- Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Signed-off-by: Maxim Anisimov <maxim.anisimov.ua@gmail.com>
The implementation is not efficient on ar8xxx switches. It triggers high
CPU load and degrades device performance.
The high CPU load has been traced down to the ar8xxx_reg_wait() call in
ar8xxx_mib_op(), which has to usleep_range() till the MIB busy flag set
by the request to update the MIB counter is cleared.
This commit removes the get_port_stats() code introduced in 4d8a66d and
leaves a note for future hacker's beware.
Fixes: FS#1004
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The addresses were read from the 'config' partition, which would not always
contain the addresses at the same offsets, depending on the stock firmware
version used before flashing LEDE. Change this to get the addresses from
the 'product-info' partition, which is read-only.
Reported-and-tested-by: Andreas Ziegler <ml@andreas-ziegler.de>
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The ZBT WE1026-5G
(http://www.zbtlink.com/products/router/WE1026-5G.html) is the follow-up
to the ZBT WE1026 and is based on MT7620. For the previous WE1026, the
ZBT WE826 image could be used. However, as the name implies, the -5G
comes equipped with a 5GHz wifi radio. As the WE826 only has a 2.4GHz
radio, the addition of 5GHz means that a separate image is needed for
the WE1026-5G. I suspect that this image will also work on the previous
WE1026, but I don't have a device to test with.
The WE1026-5G has following specifications:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x 5GHz wifi (MT7612)
* 1x button.
* 3x controllable LEDs.
Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).
Not working:
* The 5GHz WIFI LED is completely dead. I suspect the issue is the same
as on other devices with Mediatek 5Ghz wifi-cards/chips. The LED is
controlled by the driver, and mt76 (currently) does not support this.
Not tested:
* SD card reader.
Notes:
* The modem (labeled 3G/4G) and power LEDs are controlled by the
hardware.
* There is a 32MB version of this device available, but I do not have
access to it. I have therefor only added support for the 16MB version,
but added all the required infrastructure to make adding support for the
32MB version easy.
Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.
Recovery:
If you brick the device, the WE1026-5G supports recovery using HTTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to start the web server. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 192.168.1.2/24, and
point your browser to 192.168.1.1 to access the recovery UI. From the
recovery UI you can upload a firmware image.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
On a TL-WN710N, this patch increases iperf performance from ~92.5 to ~93.5 mbps. Keep in mind the WN710N is a 100mbps device. I expect greater numbers from gigabit devices.
Signed-off-by: Rosen Penev <rosenp@gmail.com>
The cns3xxx interrupt controller uses a single register and as such
the 'mask' reg/functions must be used as opposed to the 'enable'/'disable'
reg/functions.
This fixes an issue that occurs if more than one GPIO on a specific controller
(there is GPIOA and GPIOB each having 32 GPIO's) uses interrupts. When one
would get enabled all others would be disabled prior to this patch.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Acked-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on octeon and x86/64.
Fixes CVE-2017-11600.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This adds metadata to wpj344 and wpj558 images to prevent loading
firmware of wpj344 into wpj558 and vice versa. This until now was
possible and break the units and had to be recovered from the uboot.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
COMFAST CF-E355AC is a ceiling mount AP with PoE support, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 + QCA9882.
Short specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet, with PoE support
- 64MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz, 802.11b/g/n
- 2T2R 5 GHz, 802.11ac/n/a
- built-in 4x 3 dBi antennas
- output power (max): 500 mW (27 dBm)
- 1x RGB LED, 1x button
- built-in watchdog chipset
Flash instruction:
Original firmware is based on OpenWrt.
Use sysupgrade image directly in vendor GUI.
Signed-off-by: Enrique Giraldo <enrique.giraldo@galgus.net>
[whitespace fixes, ac radio caldata offset fix]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GL.iNet GL-USB150 is an USB dongle WiFi router, based on Atheros AR9331.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- Realtek RTL8152B USB to Ethernet bridge (connected with AR9331 PHY4)
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 2x LED, 1x button
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction:
Vendor firmware is based on OpenWrt CC. GUI or sysupgrade can be used
to flash LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
For the Archer C50v1, the EU and US versions are differentiated by their
respective HW additional version (0x0 for US, 0x2 for EU).
The stock web interface checks this field before flashing, making it
impossible to flash the current (US) factory image on EU hardware.
However the bootloader does not check this field, making it possible to use
a single sysupgrade image for both hardware.
This patch adds the necessary build bits to generate both EU and US factory
images, and renames the target as "Archer C50v1" since there are as of now
3 different versions of Archer C50 (all with different CPUs).
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The HNET C108
(http://www.szhwtech88.com/Product-product-cid-100-id-4374.html) is a
mifi based on MT7602A, which has the following specifications:
* CPU: MT7620A
* 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet.
* 16 MB Flash.
* 64 MB RAM.
* 1x USB 2.0 port. Only power is connected, this port is meant for
charging other devices.
* 1x mini-PCIe slots.
* 1x SIM slots.
* 1x 2.4Ghz WIFI.
* 1x button.
* 6000 mAh battery.
* 5x controllable LEDs.
Works:
* Wifi.
* Switch.
* mini-PCIe slot. Only tested with a USB device (a modem).
* SIM slot.
* Sysupgrade.
* Button (reset).
Not working (also applies to the factory firmware):
* Wifi LED. It is always switched on, there is no relation to the
up/down state or activity of the wireless interface.
Not tested:
* SD card reader.
Notes:
* The C108 has no dedicated status LED. I therefore set the LAN LED as
status LED.
Installation:
The router comes pre-installed with OpenWRT, including a variant of
Luci. The initial firmware install can be done through this UI,
following normal procedure. I.e., access the UI and update the firmware
using the sysupgrade-image. Remember to select that you do not want to
keep existing settings.
Recovery:
If you brick the device, the C108 supports recovery using TFTP. Keep the
reset button pressed for ~5sec when booting to trigger TFTP. Set the
address of the network interface on your machine to 10.10.10.3/24, and
rename your image file to Kernal.bin.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
In case the link changes from down to up, the register is only updated
on read. If the link failed/was down, this bit will be 0 until after
reading this bit again.
Fixes a reported link down by swconfig alebit the link is up (query for
the link again will show the correct link status)
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
In conditions where none of the switch ports is connected during boot,
the priv->port[i].link != priv->port[i].phydev->link condition is false
since both link values are equal (false). The carrier of the switch
netdev is never set to off and the link state reported by ip is UNKNOWN.
Turn the carrier off if none of the switch ports has a link, regardless
whether something has been changed. Add a check for a carrier to
prevent unnecessary calls to netif_carrier_off() if the carrier is
already off.
Based on a patch send by Martin Schiller.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Commit 77645ffcd9 ("ramips: add support for the GnuBee Personal Cloud
One") dropped the execution permission from 01_leds with the result
that the file isn't started during first boot and no default LED
configuration is added.
Revert the introduced file permission change.
Fixes: FS#979
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
[cherry picked the fix from a board support patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The WAN port on the Netgear WNDR4300 router has two LEDs,
amber and green. Use the switch LED trigger to behave as the
rest of the LAN HW controlled LEDs
- Green: 1 Gbps
- Amber: 100/10 Mbps
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
1. Add support to LAN/WAN LEDs attached to ar8327.
2. Fix the problem that LAN/WAN LEDs does not blink in hardware (auto)
mode when connected to 10M/100M ethernet.
Signed-off-by: Kuang Rufan <master@a1983.com.cn>
Refresh patches.
Compile-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on ramips/mt7621 and x86/64.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
This generic structure defines tx_bytes and rx_bytes as unsigned long (u32),
while several devices would typically report unsigned long long (u64).
The code can work as is, but there's a chance that with a sufficiently fast
interface the overflow might happen too fast to be correctly noticed by the
consumers of this data.
This patch makes both field unsigned long long and updates the only known
consumer of this data: swconfig_leds.c
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
The implementation uses a generic callback that select the correct MIB counter
index based on chip version.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch provides a generic switch_dev_ops 'get_port_stats()' callback by
taping into the relevant port MIB counters.
This callback is used by swconfig_leds led trigger to blink LEDs with port
network traffic.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch fixes the switch port numbering on Mikrotik RB750r2 (hEX lite) and RB750UPr2 (hEX PoE lite).
Tested on a RB750UPr2. Maybe this patch is applicable to other devices (e.g. RB951Ui-2nD, RB952Ui-5ac2nD) but I have no way to test them.
Signed-off-by: João Chaínho <joaochainho@gmail.com>
The ramips subtargets of mt7628 and mt7688 dts files all #include "mt7628an.dtsi"
They are essentially a single subtarget.
This patch merges the ramips subtargets mt7628 and mt7688 into a single subtarget mt76x8.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
* fixes default affinity
* adds a napi watchdog - we were seeing stalled TX queues
* adds up/down locking
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Install kmod-rt2800-pci instead of only the rt2x00 library.
Fixes missing wireless interface on AudioCodes AC-MP252.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Neon and vfpv4 support are activated by GCC on all ARMv8 CPUs because
this is now a mandatory part of the architecture. There is not need to
activate is manually.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Add support for the Comtrend AR-5315u router
This a BCM6318 based board, 64 MB RAM, 16 MB SPI flash,
with an onboard BCM43217 wifi, 4 ethernet ports and 1
USB host port
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
[jonas.gorski: refreshed patch]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The order of LAN ports shown in Luci is reversed compared to what is
written on the case of the device. Fix the order so that they match.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
This commit adds support for Xiaomi Mi WiFi Router 3G.
Short specification:
- MT7621AT + MT7603EN + 7612EN
- 256MB DDR3 RAM
- 128MB NAND flash
- 1+2 x 1000M Ethernet
- 1x USB 3.0 port
- reset button
- yellow, blue, red leds
Installation through telnet/ssh:
- copy lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin and
lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin to usb disk or wget it
from LEDE download site to /tmp
- switch to /extdisks/sda1/ (if copied to USB drive) or to /tmp if
wgetted from LEDE download site
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-kernel1.bin kernel1
- run: mtd write lede-ramips-mt7621-mir3g-squashfs-rootfs0.bin rootfs0
- run: mtd erase kernel0
- run: reboot
Originally stock firmware has following partitions:
- ...
- kernel0 (primary kernel image)
- kernel1 (secondary kernel image, used by u-boot in failsafe routine)
- rootfs0 (primary rootfs)
- rootfs1 (secondary rootfs in case primary fails)
- overlay (used as ubi overlay)
This commit squashes rootfs0, rootfs1 and overlay partitions into 1, so
it can be used by LEDE fully for package installation, resulting in 117,5MiB.
This device lacks hw watchdog, so adding softdog instead (stock does the same).
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The Gateworks System Controller (GSC) mimics a standard AD7418 device on
I2C bus 0 at slave 0x29.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Refresh patches.
Adapt 704-phy-no-genphy-soft-reset.patch.
Remove brcm2708/950-0005-mm-Remove-the-PFN-busy-warning.patch.
Compile-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708 and x86/64.
Runtime-tested on brcm2708/bcm2708 and x86/64.
Fixes the following vulnerabilities:
- CVE-2017-7533
- CVE-2017-1000111
- CVE-2017-1000112
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The VoCore2 Lite uses the same PCB as the Vocore2.
This patch moves the common VoCore2 parts into dtsi.
Removed memory node in the device tree source file.
Memory is detected automatically.
http://vocore.io/http://vonger.net/http://vonger.cn/
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7688AN
- RAM: 64MB DDR2 EtronTech EM68B16CWQH-25H
- Flash: 8MB NOR SPI Flash GigaDevice GD25Q64CWIG
- Wireless: Built into MT7688AN with onboard IPEX connector
Firmware installation:
- VoCore2-Lite ships with firmware forked from OpenWrt.
- Installation from the bootloader is recommended.
- If using luci/sysupgrade use the -n option (do not keep settings)
original firmware uses a modified proprietary MediaTek wireless driver.
- The wireless is disabled by default in LEDE.
- If reverting to factory firmware using the bootloader is recommended.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Tested by: Noble Pepper <noblepepper@gmail.com>
By adding the ICPlus IP1001 phy driver an already set RGMII delay mode
is reset during driver load.
Set the rgmii rx delay to fix corrupt/no packages in case the WAN port
negotiates to 1000MBit.
Fixes: FS#670
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
USB doesn't work in some danube boards because otg_cap
is missing since previous changes made on the USB-dwc2
lantiq driver. Fix it.
Tested on the ARV7518PW router.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
By default the wlan eprom contains the generic ralink MAC which is not
the vendor (TP-Link) one. Based on OFW bootlog, it appears that addresses
are decremented from the ethernet MAC.
This patch fixes the MAC address for wlan2g in line with OFW.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
If xfer_mode is set to auto the vdsl_cpe_control daemon assumes that
ATM should be used for ADSL and PTM for VDSL.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
This makes it possible to simply add additional notification handlers
by putting new scripts in the /etc/hotplug.d/dsl directory.
the following Environment Variables are used:
(values marked with an * are only available when bonding support is
compiled in)
DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE with one of these values:
- DSL_STATUS
- DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS
- DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_US
- DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_DS
DSL_LINE_NUMBER=<0|1> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_STATUS, these variables are set:
- DSL_XTU_STATUS=<ADSL|VDSL>
- DSL_TC_LAYER_STATUS=<ATM|EFM>
- DSL_EFM_TC_CONFIG_US=<NORMAL|PRE_EMPTION>
- DSL_EFM_TC_CONFIG_DS=<NORMAL>
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS, these variables are
set:
- DSL_INTERFACE_STATUS=<DOWN|READY|HANDSHAKE|TRAINING|UP>
- DSL_BONDING_STATUS=<INACTIVE|ACTIVE> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_US, these variables are
set:
- DSL_DATARATE_US_BC0=<Upstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 0>
- DSL_DATARATE_US_BC1=<Upstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 1> *
If DSL_NOTIFICATION_TYPE == DSL_DATARATE_STATUS_DS, these variables are
set:
- DSL_DATARATE_DS_BC0=<Downstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 0>
- DSL_DATARATE_DS_BC1=<Downstream data rate in bit/s for Channel 1> *
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Fix when add 'mediatek,cd-poll' to dts cause the sd card be removed randomly.
Special for the device without card-detect pin.
Signed-off-by: Qin Wie <me@vonger.cn>
Use the GPIO dt-bindings macros and add compatible strings in the
ramips device tree source files.
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear EX3800 is essentially an EX3700 with a mains output socket.
Both devices use the exact same firmware image (original firmware is named
EX3700-EX3800-version.chk).
This patch adds suport by renaming the EX3700 device to EX3700/EX3800 and
updating the necessary glue.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This patch cleans up the WN3000RPv3 and EX2700 setup, bringing it in line
with other similar devices:
The power led is a bicolor one. The bootloader brings the red side on at
powerup.
Instead of blinking the red side in diag.sh and need to forcefully turn it off
in 01_leds, this patch simplifies the setup by relying on the default off state
of the gpio-led driver for the red side and blinking the green side as with
other devices.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
Cleanup the dtsi files and remove one layer of dtsi. Set the size of
the firmware partition to a value matching the flash size from the
board (variant) name.
Remove the usb led trigger. There is neither a default config for the
usb led trigger nor a LED for usb activity indication.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Reference the Omnima MiniEMBWiFi device tree source file in the image
build code. Otherwise the dts of the image processed before is used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
So, this is kind of complicated. This has been upstream for a while,
imported from OpenWRT/LEDE with some cleanups. LEDE ramips has stayed
on linux-4.4 this whole time, with the old(er) version of the patch
that had correct behavior[0], while upstream got changed[1].
When LEDE updated to kernel 4.9, the older version of the code from
the patch got replaced with the upstream version containing the bug.
The original behavior, however, seems to be correct here, as the
official programming guide[2] indicates that bit 31 (PDRV_SW_SET)
in register PPLL_CFG1 is reserved, but bit 23 (added as PPLL_LD)
is the PPLL lock state (which also happens to line up with the
error message).
The original confusion probably comes from the double definition
of PDRV_SW_SET[3, 4] in the upstream code, with one correct definition
(31) and one incorrect one (23).
I've also used the opportunity to clean up the error message a bit -
it's still not really helpful to anyone who doesn't already know what
the PPLL is, but at least it's slightly more readable now.
This will probably need to be upstreamed as well, since with the way
it's currently set up, it's unlikely PCI ever worked for anyone who's
running an upstream kernel on that SoC.
[0]: 05d6e92594/target/linux/ramips/patches-4.4/0009-PCI-MIPS-adds-mt7620a-pcie-driver.patch (L259)
[1]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L246)
[2]: http://www.anz.ru/files/mediatek/MT7620_ProgrammingGuide.pdf
[3]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L36)
[4]: 026d15f6b9/arch/mips/pci/pci-mt7620.c (L39)
Signed-off-by: Ilya Katsnelson <me@0upti.me>
01_leds had a workaround for the power led to compensate for the
inverted GPIO state. This patch was missing from my previous commit.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
[add the power led default-state which was omitted in the last commit
by me]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Luci shows switch ports in wrong order on that device.
This patch fixes switch port numbering and matches them to the device
silkscreen.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
All LEDs GPIOs are active low on this device.
WAN and POWER states were inverted. Add default state for power.
Tested on Archer C50v1.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
With d2b6bf1416 ("ramips: fix image validation errors") the board
name was changed to fix an image validation error. But this change
wasn't applied to all other files using the board name, which broke
sysupgrade.
Revert this change and use the former board name in the metadata
instead.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Fixes: FS#735
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Fixes: FS#735
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Make the behaviour of clk_get_rate consistent with common clk's
clk_get_rate by accepting NULL clocks as parameter. Some device
drivers rely on this, and will cause an OOPS otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix incorrect offset and size of linux partition.
Fixes: 97b36aca09 ("brcm63xx: add pflash for remaining pflash equipped boards")
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The kernel 4.4 patches where already removed with the bump to 4.9. Drop
the the subtarget configs as well.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The WMDR-143N is a small module originally used as a Wifi client
in some Loewe smart TV sets. It is sold cheaply at german surplus
shops. The module contains a RT3662 SOC.
Specifications:
- 500 MHz CPU Clock
- 1x 10/100Mbps Ethernet (pin header)
- 32 MB of RAM
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T3R 2.4/5 GHz (SOC internal)
- 3 Antennas on PCB
- UART pads on PCB (J3: 1 = +3.3V, 2 = RX, 3 = TX, 4 = GND), TX
and RX are 3,3V only! The square hole is pin 1
- Power supply pads on PCB (J6: 1 and 2 = +5V, 3 and 4 = GND)
The square hole is pin 1
The original firmware has two identical kernel/rootfs images and
two "Factory" calibration data blocks in flash. The LEDE image
leaves only the first "Factory" block in place and uses both
"Kernel" blocks and the redundant "Factory" block together to gain
enough space for the jffs2 partition.
Flash instructions:
You need UART and Ethernet connections to flash the board. Use
the LEDE "sysupgrade.bin" image with tftp.
Apply power to the board and in the first 5 seconds, hit 2 to
select TFTP upload. The bootloader asks for board- and server IP
addresses and filename.
Alternate method: With the vendor firmware running, assign an IP
address to the ethernet port, tftp the firmware image to
/tmp and write to mtd4 ("KernelA").
Signed-off-by: Oliver Fleischmann <ogf@bnv-bamberg.de>
[remove pinctrl node from dts, no pin is used as GPIO]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Children of the pinctrl0 node are optional. Return EINVAL (=missing)
instead of 0. Fixes a hang if the pinctrl0 has no children.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
there were 2 bugs
*) core1 came up with a bad bogo mips, looks like the clock needed time to stabilize
*) HPT frequency was not set making r4k timers not come up properly
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The GnuBee Personal Cloud One crowdfunded on https://www.crowdsupply.com
It is a low-cost, low-power, network-attached storage device.
Specifications:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- RAM: DDR3 512 MB
- Flash: 32 MB
- Six SATA ports for 2.5" Drives
- One micro SDcard
- One USB 3.0
- Two USB 2.0
- Gigabit Ethernet: 1 x WAN and 1 x LAN
- UART 3.5mm Audio Jack or 3 pin header - 57600 8N1
- Four GPIOs available on a pin header
Flash instructions:
The GnuBee Personal Cloud One ships with libreCMC installed.
libreCMC is a Free Software Foundation approved fork of LEDE/OpenWrt.
As such one can upgrade using the webinterface or sysupgrade.
Das U-Boot has multiple options for recovery or updates including :
- USB
- http
- tftp
Signed-off-by: L. D. Pinney <ldpinney@gmail.com>
[use switchdev led trigger, all interfaces are in vlan1; rename leds
according to board.d setting; remove ge2 group from the pinmux, this
group doesn't exist in the driver]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Luci shows switch ports in inverted order on that device.
This patch fixes switch port numbering and matches them to the device
silkscreen.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
The VoCore2 features 128MB of RAM, therefore set
memory in DTS to 128*1024*1024 = 0x8000000
The board's LED is connected to GND, set it to
ACTIVE_HIGH here.
Make serial console working again on kernel 4.9 by
change of pinmux configuration.
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
The TP-Link RE350 is a wall-wart AC1200 range extender/access point with
a single gigabit ethernet port and two non-detachable antennas, based on
the MT7621A SoC with MT7603E and MT7612E radios.
Firmware wise it is very similar to the QCA based RE450.
SoC: MediaTek MT7621A (880MHz)
Flash: 8MiB (Winbond W25Q64)
RAM: 64MiB (DDR2)
Ethernet: 1x 1Gbit
Wireless: 2T2R 2.4Ghz (MT7603E) and 5GHz (MT7612E)
LEDs: Power, 2.4G, 5G (blue), WPS (red and blue), ethernet link/act
(green)
Buttons: On/off, LED, reset, WPS
Serial header at J1, 57600 8n1:
Pin 1 TX
Pin 2 RX
Pin 3 GND
Pin 4 3.3V
Factory image can be uploaded directly through the stock UI.
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
We will need "mktplinkfw-combined" command also in the "ramips" target
for new MediaTek based TP-Link devices, with "safeloader" image type.
Also, rename the command to "tplink-v1-header", use "VERSION_DIST"
variable instead of "OpenWrt" and allow passing additional parameters.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We use combined option in "mktplinkfw" tool for generating initramfs
kernel images and header for kernel inside "safeloader" image type (in
fact, only for TL-WR1043ND v4 at this moment).
There is also "mktplinkfw-kernel" tool, a stripped-down version, used
only for generating "simple" header, for safeloader image types.
This changes how "mktplinkfw" handles combined images (which then will
allow us to drop the stripped-down version of the tool):
- drop "ignore size" command line option (it was used only for combined
images anyway)
- don't require "flash layout id" for combined images (we don't need and
shouldn't limit size of the initramfs kernel and for kernels inside
safeloader images, the "tplink-safeloader" tool does the size check)
- require kernel address and entry point in command line parameters for
combined images (consequence of previous point)
- don't include md5 sum and firmware length values in header (they are
needed only for update from vendor GUI and are ingored in case of
initramfs and "tplink-safeloader" images)
- drop "fake" flash layout for TL-WR1043ND v4 as it's no longer needed
Also, adjust "mktplinkfw-combined" command in ar71xx/image/tp-link.mk to
match introduced changes in "mktplinkfw" tool.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ALFA Network AP121F is a pocket-size router dedicated for VPN/TOR users.
Device is based on Atheros AR9331 WiSoC and is running a custom version
(updated from OpenWrt CC to LEDE 17.01 release) of NetAidKit firmware.
Specification:
- 400/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1T1R 2.4 GHz
- 1x microSD (optional, on separate PCB)
- 3x LED, 1x button, 1x switch
- UART header on PCB
Flash instruction (under U-Boot web recovery mode):
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.1.2/24.
2. Connect PC with RJ45 port, press the reset button, power up device,
wait for first blink of all LEDs (indicates network setup), then keep
button for 3 following blinks and release it.
3. Open 192.168.1.1 address in your browser and upload sysupgrade image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
On Asus RT-N12 and RT-N16 models, the WAN and LAN4 ports are swapped in the
initial switch configuration since the presets present in nvram appear to be
wrong.
Add special casing for these models to detect_by_model() in order to ensure
a proper switch configuration.
Fixes FS#502.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
The Power LED of RB912UAG-{2,5}HPnD boards can be controlled by sofware,
so use it for diag purposes and make the User LED free for other tasks.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
It is quite unexpected behaviour when the Power LED switches off as soon
as the kernel starts booting. So set the default state to 'Keep' for
the Power LEDs of all RouterBOARDs (e.g. RB91x, SXT Lite series, etc.).
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
[switch the default state to keep instead of on]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
It uses one MT7615D radio chip with DBDC mode enabled. This mode allows
this single chip act as an 2x2 11n radio and an 2x2 11ac radio at the
same time. However mt76 doesn't support it currently so there is no
wireless available.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- Flash: 16 MB
- RAM: 128 MB
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (10/100/1000Mbps) and 4 x LAN (10/100/1000 Mbps)
- Wireless radio: MT7615D on PCIE0
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB - 57600 8N1
Issue:
- Wireless radio doesn't work due to the lack of driver.
Flash instruction:
Using UART:
1. Configure PC with a static IP address and setup an TFTP server.
2. Put the firmware into the tftp directory.
3. Connect the UART line as described on the PCB.
4. Power up the device and press 2,then follow the instruction to
set device and tftp server IP address and input the firmware
file name.U-boot will then load the firmware and write it into
the flash.
Signed-off-by: Chuanhong Guo <gch981213@gmail.com>
In the xrx200_close() function we call napi_disable(), that could
sleep, with priv->hw->chan[i].lock held. This could lead to deadlock
and causes the kernel to complain.
Look at the code I couldn't convince myself about why we
need to protect that specific code part with the lock. IMHO there
seems no reason to protect the refcount variables, because AFAIK
ndo_close() and ndo_open() callbacks are already called with a
semaphore held. Neither I could figure out why napi_disable() have to
be called with that lock held. The only remaining code part for
which I could guess the lock is useful for is ltq_dma_close()
function call.
This patch reduces the lock to the said function call, avoiding the
sleep-with-spinlock-held situation
Signed-off-by: Andrea Merello <andrea.merello@gmail.com>
[fold into 0025-NET-MIPS-lantiq-adds-xrx200-net.patch, backport to
kernel 4.4]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Backport upstream commit f44f1e7da7c8e3f4575d5d61c4df978496903fcc ("um:
Avoid longjmp/setjmp symbol clashes with libpthread.a") to fix build
issues on hosts that only have a static libpthread.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The Xen serial console has been broken since the xen_domu subtarget
was merged in the generic x86 subtarget (commits 1d6879ee and 371b382a).
The reason for the broken serial console seems to be an IRQ conflict
between the serial console driver and the PATA_LEGACY driver:
[ 1.330125] genirq: Flags mismatch irq 8. 00000000 (hvc_console) vs. 00000000 (platform[pata_legacy.4])
[ 1.330134] hvc_open: request_irq failed with rc -16.
[ 1.330148] Warning: unable to open an initial console.
Just drop the PATA_LEGACY driver from the x86/generic and x86_64
subtargets, since this driver is marked experimental and only supports
very old ISA devices anyway. It is still included in the x86/legacy
subtarget where it rightfully belongs.
Fixes: FS#787
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Xen support for x86/generic was added in 1d6879ee. This commit also
enables it for x86/64.
This was successfully tested with Xen 4.5, although the serial console
is broken in the same way as x86/generic (see FS#787)
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
All x86 subtargets enable USB support, so it makes sense to enable it
in the target config instead, to avoid duplication.
Also refresh subtarget configs accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
This was done by simply running `make kernel_menuconfig CONFIG_TARGET=subtarget`
and then saving without changing any option.
Most of the removed options can be explained because they are already
present in the target config or in the generic 4.9 config:
- PAE-related options, enabled by default on x86 by 961c0eac
- LZO-related options, enabled by default since 4.9
As far as I understand the build system, this shouldn't have any
user-visible impact, because the build system already merges the
various kernel configs during build.
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
This subtarget was added by 961c0eac, probably by mistake. It does
not contain anything beside a kernel config.
Acked-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Cc: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Baptiste Jonglez <git@bitsofnetworks.org>
Do not parse /tmp/sysinfo/board_name, /proc/cpuinfo or the device tree
compatible string directly. Always use the board_name function to get
the board name.
The admswconfig package still reads /proc/cpuinfo directly. The code
looks somehow broken and the whole adm5120 which uses this package
looks unmaintained. Leave it as it is for now.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
For targets using the generic board detection and board specific
settings in diag.sh, the board name is still unset at the time the
set_state() provided by diag.sh is called by 10_indicate_preinit.
Change the execution order to ensure the boardname is populated before
required the first time. Do the target specific board detection as
early as possible, directly followed by the generic one to allow a
seamless switch to the generic function for populating /tmp/sysinfo/.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Correct MAC address lookup to appropriate offset based on vendor
source.
Override the WAN MAC to use the same address as LAN. The switch driver
increments the base MAC address for the WAN vlan but the stock firmware
uses the same MAC address for all interfaces.
Based on vendor source commit
https://github.com/domino-team/lede-1701/commit/efb0518
Signed-off-by: John Marrett <johnf@zioncluster.ca>
- Refreshed all patches
- Removed upstreamed
- Adapted 4 patches:
473-fix-marvell-phy-initialization-issues.patch
-----------------------------------------------
Removed hunk 5 which got upstreamed
403-net-phy-avoid-setting-unsupported-EEE-advertisments.patch
404-net-phy-restart-phy-autonegotiation-after-EEE-advert.patch
--------------------------------------------------------------
Adapted these 2 RFC patches, merging the delta's from an upstream commit
(see below) which made it before these 2.
https://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/stable/linux-
stable.git/commit/?h=v4.9.36&id=97ace183074d306942b903a148aebd5d061758f0
180-usb-xhci-add-support-for-performing-fake-doorbell.patch
-----------------------------------------------------------
- Moved fake_doorbell bitmask due to new item
Compile tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Run tested on: cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Non-US versions of the TP-Link TL-WR710N v1 don't have a region code so
far, so we can just set US unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Depending on busybox applet selection, paths of basic utiilties may differ,
and may not work as symlinks to busybox. Simply using whatever binary is
found in PATH and detecting symlinks automatically is more robust and
easier to maintain.
The list of binaries is also slightly cleaned up and duplicates are
removed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RAMFS_COPY_* are moved to platform.sh toplevel. The nand_do_upgrade call is
moved to platform_do_upgrade.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
RAMFS_COPY_* are moved to platform.sh toplevel. The unneeded
linksys_preupgrade function is removed, and the nand_do_upgrade call is
moved to platform_do_upgrade.
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC has another one, tiny LED inside RJ45 socket which is
attached to GPIO15. Add support for it, use it as a "lan" LED and rename
old one to "internet". Also, fix uci option name for "lan" LED in system
configuration ("wan" -> "lan").
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Until we enable requirement for metadata in sysupgrade images under
ar71xx target, this prevents users from using wrong image.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This commit adds metadata to TP-Link sysupgrade images
created by tplink-safeloader with uImage kernel header.
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
With kernel 4.8 common used code was moved to a shared kmod. Add the
missing dependency to the shared snd-soc-simple-card-utils.ko.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
There is no device tree property named phynmode0. Use phy-mode as it is
done for the other ethernet nodes.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear DM200 is an inexpensive VDSL modem:
CPU: VRX220 MIPS 34Kc 5.6 @ 500Mhz
RAM: 64MiB
Flash: 8MiB
Ethernet: 1x100M
DSL: VDSL2+, ADSL2+
reset button, 3x bi-color LEDs
Serial port is 115200 baud, on the 4 pin header; pins from the bottom to
top are GND, RX, TX.
To upgrade from the vendor firmware, upload factory.img
The DM200 bootloader supports flashing over TFTP; hold the reset button
while powering on the device, and wait for the power light to start
flashing green before releasing. The device is now listening on
192.168.0.1/24, and can be sent a factory.img or a netgear image with a
TFTP put.
Once the image is loaded, it will be written to the flash, and the
device will reboot; this will take a few minutes.
Thanks to Edward O'Callaghan and Baptiste Jonglez, who implemented their
own ports for this device and provided valuable feedback.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Nixon <tom@tomn.co.uk>
Most of the ubnt-erx definition can be reused; the package removals in
DEVICE_PACKAGES have become redundant after d17cb4a68a "ramips: purge
default packages on MT7621".
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This change enables .itb image generation for AP148,
It will help us to boot and test AP148 with NOR flash.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
The warning will be triggered by jffs2 or UBI, and partial writes are no
issue for most flash chips.
Fixes: 2a2b16210b ("brcm63xx: backport upstream solution for SPI message size limits")
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Add patches-4.9, some of them (heavily) rewritten:
- ea4500 is upstream available, keep only LEDE changes in dts
- ea3500 is changed to match the structure of the upstream ea4500 dts
- nsa310s rewritten to include the common dtsi
- nsa325 is dropped, since already upstream
Signed-off-by: Paul Wassi <p.wassi@gmx.at>
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
[refresh kernel config, add on100, use the switchdev based mv88e6171
driver for the linksys boards, keep lede specific rootfs/kernel
partition names for linksys boards, reorder patches]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear UI in basic mode refuses the upgrade file if the the
fileextension is not img. The expert/advanced mode accepts any
fileextension. Use img to make it work in any case.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to TPLINK_BOARD_ID for two ommited devices.
Fixes: 7d6c63d ("build: rename TPLINK_BOARD_NAME to TPLINK_BOARD_ID")
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link TL-WR902AC v1 is a pocket-size, dual-band (AC750), successor of
TL-MR3020 (both devices use very similar enclosure, in same size). New
device is based on Qualcomm QCA9531 v2 + QCA9887. FCC ID: TE7WR902AC.
Specification:
- 650/391/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0 (GPIO-controlled power)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz (QCA9531)
- 1T1R 5 GHz (QCA9887)
- 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 2x button, 1x 3-pos switch
- UART pads on PCB (TP1 -> TX, TP2 -> RX, TP3 -> GND, TP4 -> 3V3, jumper
resitors are missing on TX/RX lines)
- 1x micro USB (for power only)
Flash instructions:
Use "factory" image under vendor GUI.
Recovery instructions:
This device contains tftp recovery mode inside U-Boot. You can use it to
flash LEDE (use "factory" image) or vendor firmware.
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr902ac-v1-squashfs-factory.bin"
to "wr902acv1_un_tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server dir.
3. Connect PC with LAN port, press the reset button, power up the router
and keep button pressed until WPS LED lights up.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
Root access over serial line in vendor firmware: root/sohoadmin.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
We can use "tplink-fw" mtd splitter for TP-Link devices which use kernel
with TP-Link header embedded inside "safeloader" image type and thus get
rid of statically defined "kernel" and "rootfs" partitions in cmdline.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh mikrotik subtarget kernel config and enable kernel support for
boards which belong to this subtarget only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh nand subtarget kernel config and enable kernel support for
boards which belong to this subtarget only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Refresh target kernel config and disable kernel support for all boards
which belong to nand and mikrotik subtargets only.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
I tested this on a WRT54GS and a WRT610N V1.
The WRT610N does not boot when the kernel is too big, so I deactivated KALLSYMS
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
On the Linksys WRT54GSv1, the Power LED flickers in the "off" state.
Indicate status using the DMZ LED if available, since it has solid "on" and
"off" states.
This change was tested on the WRT54GSv1, but may also affect other brcm47xx
devices.
Fixes FS#793.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
On the Linksys WRT54GSv1, the adm6996 switch driver and the
gpio_button_hotplug module both claim GPIO 6, which is connected to the
Reset button. When the switch driver's request wins, the Reset button
cannot work. This makes it impossible to enter failsafe mode without a
serial console.
Stop requesting the "adm_rc" GPIO in the switch driver, since it is not
used anywhere.
Fixes FS#792.
Signed-off-by: Mirko Parthey <mirko.parthey@web.de>
SOC: Broadcom BCM6368 (2 * Broadcom BMIPS4350 V3.1 / 400 MHz)
Flash size: 32MB (split 16/16 dual boot)
RAM size: 64MB
Wireless: BCM432x 802.11a/b/g/n(pci)
Ethernet: Broadcom BCM53115
USB: 1 x USB 2.0
Known issues:
- Unable to detect 53115 switch attached to MDIO. Not supported
- No support for the cable port
More info on the device and the research can be found at:
http://www.actiontec.com/212.html
Same FCC ID as:
https://wikidevi.com/wiki/Actiontec_V1000H_(Telus)
Signed-off-by: Anthony Sepa <anthonysepa@yahoo.ca>
[jonas.gorski: fix commit subject/message]
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The pinmux register is at relative offset 0x8, not 0xc. Fixes hang
when trying to modify pins >= 32.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Commit 9fec39a (ar71xx: add support for TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1) introduced a
typo in 02_network, fix it by removing the stray paren.
Reported-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
TPLINK_HWID hasn't been specified for TP-Link RE450 since the begin.
As we don't want to break sysupgrade (all existing LEDE release images
for this board have TPLINK_HWID set to 0x0), set it explicitly to 0x0.
Fixes FS#852
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link TL-WR840N v4 and TL-WR841N v13 are simple N300 routers with
5-port FE switch and non-detachable antennas. Both are very similar
and are based on MediaTek MT7628NN (aka MT7628N) WiSoC.
The difference between these two models is in number of available
LEDs, buttons and power input switch.
This work is partially based on GitHub PR#974.
Specification:
- MT7628N/N (580 MHz)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- UART (J1) header on PCB (115200 8n1)
- TL-WR840N v4: 5x LED (GPIO-controlled), 1x button
- TL-WR841N v13: 8x LED (GPIO-controlled*), 2x button, power input
switch
* WAN LED in TL-WR841N v13 is a dual-color, dual-leads type which isn't
(fully) supported by gpio-leds driver. This type of LED requires both
GPIOs state change at the same time to select color or turn it off.
For now, we support/use only the green part of the LED.
Factory image notes:
These devices use version 3 of TP-Link header, fortunately without RSA
signature (at least in case of devices sold in Europe). The difference
lays in the requirement for a non-zero value in "Additional Hardware
Version" field. Ideally, it should match the value stored in vendor
firmware header on device ("0x4"/"0x13" for these devices) but it seems
that anything other than "0" is correct.
We are able to prepare factory firwmare file which is accepted and
(almost) correctly flashed from the vendor GUI. As it turned out, it
accepts files without U-Boot image with second header at the beginning
but due to some kind of bug in upgrade routine, flashed image gets
corrupted before it's written to flash.
Tests showed that the GUI upgrade routine copies value of "Additional
Hardware Version" from existing firmware into offset "0x2023c" in
provided file, _before_ storing it in flash. In case of vendor firmware
upgrade files (which all include U-Boot image and two headers), this
offset points to the matching field in kernel+rootfs firmware part
header. Unfortunately, in case of LEDE factory image file which contains
only one header, it points to the offset "0x2023c" in kernel image. This
leads to a corrupted kernel and ends up with a "soft-bricked" device.
The good news is that U-Boot in these devices contains well known tftp
recovery mode, which can be triggered with "reset" button. What's more,
in comparison to some of older MediaTek based TP-Link devices, this
recovery mode doesn't write whole file at offset "0x0" in flash, without
verifying provided file in advance. In case of recovery mode in these
devices, first "0x20000" bytes are always skipped and "0x7a0000" bytes
from rest of the file are stored in flash at offset "0x20000".
Flash instruction:
Until (if at all) TP-Link fixes described problem, the only way to flash
LEDE image in these devices is to use tftp recovery mode in U-Boot:
1. Configure PC with static IP 192.168.0.66/24 and tftp server.
2. Rename "lede-ramips-mt7628-tl-wr84...-squashfs-tftp-recovery.bin"
to "tp_recovery.bin" and place it in tftp server directory.
3. Connect PC with one of LAN ports, press the reset button, power up
the router and keep button pressed for around 6-7 seconds, until
device starts downloading the file.
4. Router will download file from server, write it to flash and reboot.
To access U-Boot CLI, keep pressed "4" key during boot.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
There are already two targets (lantiq, ramips) which use mktplinkfw2
tool for creating images. This de-duplicates code, introduces two new
build commands: tplink-v2-header, tplink-v2-image and makes use of
them in place of old, (sub)target specific ones.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link Archer C58 v1 is a dual-band AC1350 router, based on Qualcomm
QCA9561 + QCA9886. It looks like Archer C59 v1 without USB port.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 8 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 2T2R 5 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 6x LED, 3x button
- UART header on PCB, RX, TX at TP4+5 (backside)
QCA9886 wlan needs pre_cal_data file and enable ieee80211 phy hotplug to
patch macaddress.
Flash instruction:
Use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Recovery method:
1. Set PC to fixed ip address 192.168.0.66/24.
2. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-archer-c58-v1-squashfs-factory.bin" and
rename it to "tp_recovery.bin".
3. Start a tftp server with the file "tp_recovery.bin" in its root
directory.
4. Turn off the router.
5. Press and hold Reset button.
6. Turn on router with the reset button pressed and wait ~15 seconds.
7. Release the reset button and after a short time the firmware should
be transferred from the tftp server.
8. Wait ~30 second to complete recovery.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART:
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-...-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
This commit is based on GitHub PR#1112
Signed-off-by: Henryk Heisig <hyniu@o2.pl>
TP-Link TL-WA855RE v1 is a wall-plug N300 Wi-Fi range extender,
based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9533 v2.
Short specification:
- 550/397/198 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 1x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 32 MB of RAM (DDR1)
- 4 MB of FLASH
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz
- 2x external antennas
- 2x LED (green and orange in the same package), 2x button
- UART: TP5(TX) and TP4(RX) test points on PCB
Flash instruction: use "factory" image directly in vendor GUI.
Warning: this device does not include any kind of recovery mechanism
in the bootloader and disassembling process is not trivial.
You can access vendor firmware over serial line using:
- login: root
- password: sohoadmin
Image was tested only in EU version of the device, but should work
also with the same device version sold in other countries.
Signed-off-by: Federico Cappon <dududede371@gmail.com>
Use statically defined sizes for kernel and rootfs mtd partitions.
Vendor upgrade script writes both firmware parts independently which
ends up in a gap between kernel and rootfs images. This results in
incorrectly calculated rootfs_data start offset.
Also, fix IMAGE_SIZE, DEVICE_PACKAGES and drop redundant KERNEL
definition.
Fixes FS#835
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Migrate Arduino Yun from legacy to generic building code.
Note: the mtd partitioning is changed to adopt the LEDE default
partitioning. It allows to have a kernel bigger than 1280k. It is
necessary as kernel > 4.4 with default LEDE configuration grows
bigger.
To use the new partitioning, you need to update your U-Boot env in
advance:
setenv mtdparts "spi0.0:256k(u-boot)ro,64k(u-boot-env),15936k(firmware),64k(nvram),64k(art)ro"
setenv bootcmd "run addboard; run addtty; run addparts; run addrootfs; bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm 0x9fea0000"
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Camille Bilodeau <camille.bilodeau@protonmail.com>
This way, the assigned addresses match those on the barcode labels.
Otherwise, the addresses appear to vary on boot.
Signed-off-by: Leon M. George <leon@georgemail.eu>
The kernel configs for all targets should have the version in the
filename, for clearness and consistency across all targets.
It is also expected by the update_kernel.sh script.
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
I did not port the regulator and power patches from Stefan Wahren
because I talked to him and he told me that work on this is currently
stalled. And since AFAIK nothing depends on these patches, leaving them
out seems reasonable.
I build minimum default configurations and run-tested them on both
I2SE Duckbill devices and Olimex Olinuxino Maxi boards successfully [1].
[1] Tested:
- debug uart is working
- boot without any obvious kernel problem
- network is coming up and data transfer is possible
- Olinuxino: USB detects a plugged-in pen drive
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
[refreshed config and patches]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
In preparation for bumping mxs target to 4.9, disable a bunch of configuration
symbols that provoked config prompts.
Signed-off-by: Michael Heimpold <mhei@heimpold.de>
- Refreshed all patches
- Adapted 1 (0031-mtd-add-SMEM-parser-for-QCOM-platforms.patch)
Compile tested on: brcm2708, cns3xxx, imx6
Run tested on: brcm2708, cns3xxx, imx6
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
[Compile and run tested on brcm2708]
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
Use --mtime when SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is set.
Use gzip -n9z instead of tar z to remove
timestamp in gzip header.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
To mitigate this problem, the original message has been wrapped
automatically by the mailing list software.
This patch fixes a problem where the AR8035 PHY can't be
detected on the Cisco Meraki MR24, when the ethernet cable
is not connected during boot.
Russell Senior reported:
|This appears to be a problem during probing of the AR8035
|phy chip. When ethernet has no link, the phy detection fails,
|and eth0 is not created. Plugging ethernet later has no effect,
|because there is no interface as far as the kernel is
|concerned. The relevant part of the boot log looks like this:
|
|[ 0.876611] /plb/opb/emac-rgmii@ef601500: input 0 in RGMII mode
|[ 0.882532] /plb/opb/ethernet@ef600c00: reset timeout
|[ 0.888546] /plb/opb/ethernet@ef600c00: can't find PHY!
(<https://bugs.lede-project.org/index.php?do=details&task_id=687>)
Fixes FS#687
Cc: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Fixes: 23fbb5a87c56e98 ("emac: Fix EMAC soft reset on 460EX/GT")
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Specifications:
* SoC: AR7242 (Virian 400MHz)
* RAM: 64 MB DDR (W9751G6JB-25)
* Flash: 16MB SPI flash (S25FL129PIF)
* WiFi: AR9382 (2.4/5GHz) + 2x SE2595L
* LAN: 1x1000M (PEF7071V)
To install LEDE via EVA bootloader, a FTP connection need to be
established to 192.168.178.1 within the first seconds after power on:
ftp> quote USER adam2
ftp> quote PASS adam2
ftp> binary
ftp> debug
ftp> passive
ftp> quote MEDIA FLSH
ftp> put lede-ar71xx-generic-fritz300e-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin mtd1
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Add upstream send AR724x PCIe patches to get the PCIe controller out of
reset during driver init.
The AVM Fritz 300E bootloader doesn't take care of releasing the
different PCIe controller related resets which causes an endless hang
as soon as either the PCIE Reset register (0x180f0018) or the PCI
Application Control register (0x180f0000) is read from.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The driver is used for boards outside the lantiq target as well. Move
it to generic to make it available for more targets.
The phy driver is included in kernel 4.8 as INTEL_XWAY_PHY.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Except for renames and line changes the only conflict was in
allocate_partition in handling MTD_WRITEABLE. Hopefully it was handled
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This mtd_roundup_to_eb helper was introduced years ago in the commit
daec7ad768 ("kernel/3.10: add separate rootfs partition parser") and
it was probably supposed to simplify code a bit.
With the recent upstream commit 1eeef2d7483a7 ("mtd: handle partitioning
on devices with 0 erasesize") the logic in allocate_partition got
slightly more complex and we can't use this simple helper anymore as it
doesn't support MTD_NO_ERASE properly.
There also isn't any real gain from this helper, so it's probably easier
to just don't use it *or* work on upstreaming it to avoid maintenance
cost.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
On boards which don't have a distinct internet and dsl led, use the
shared LED to indicate the xdsl line state and any traffic that is
send/received via the netdev. This traffic doesn't necessarily need to
be internet traffic.
Rename the shared LED of existing configs to "dsl", to match the new
defaults. The configuration of the to be renamed LED is identical with
the new defaults.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Allows to use a single LED for line init status indication and to show
any rx/tx activity on a synchronized dsl line.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schiller <ms@dev.tdt.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
As of now OTP is being correctly parsed and the driver requires to parse pre-caldata to follow corresponding routine.
Rename cal file into pre-calfile so the board initialized correctly with API 2 board data (board-2.bin).
Also remove the now unneeded for qca9984 board.bin symlink to 5GHz calfile.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
The Cisco ON100 device is a Kirkwood based router:
SoC: Marvell 88F6282 1600Mhz
SDRAM memory: 512MB DDR3 1333Mhz
Gigabit ethernet: 2x Marvell 88E1310 (over RGMII)
Flash memory: 512MB
2 bi-colour status LEDs (green/red)
1 Reset button
1 USB 2.0 port (on back)
1 SDIO slot (on back)
This commit adds a target profile of "Cisco Systems ON100" under the target
system "Marvell Kirkwood".
Flashing can be performed over tftp, once "dhcp" has been issued:
tftpboot ${loadaddr} lede-kirkwood-on100-squashfs-factory.bin
nand erase 0x0c0000 ${filesize}
nand write ${loadaddr} 0x0c0000 ${filesize}
Once flashed, set environment variables to boot:
setenv bootcmd nand read \${loadaddr} 0x0c0000 0x540000\; setenv bootargs
\; bootm
saveenv
Signed-off-by: Makoto Takeuchi <mak0@lxsys.co.uk>
Evaluation boards are left in component form to ease flashing
using vendor tooling and instructions. These boards also do
not include the EOF marker in the UBIFS as the bootloaders
are recent and easily upgradeable.
The end product boards use factory.bin images based on the
dts layout and include EOF markers as bootloader UBI support
is not determined.
Signed-off-by: Ben Whitten <ben.whitten@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
All TP-Link TL-WR710N versions share the same machine code.
This has been working since the beginning as we don't use double-quotes
to protect spaces inside command line values. Thus, kernel interprets
'board=TL-WR710N v2' as 'board=TL-WR710N' and separate parameter 'v2'.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Keep TP-Link devices definitions in alphabetical order whenever it's
possible. Also group together similar devices or devices from the same
series.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
TP-Link TL-WR942N v1 is a 2.4 GHz single-band N450 router, based on
Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9561.
Specification:
- 775/650/258 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH (SPI NOR)
- 3T3R 2.4 GHz
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2x USB 2.0
- 11x LED (most are controlled by 74HC595)
- 2x button
- UART header on PCB*
* Serial console is disabled in OEM non-beta firmwares and corresponding
GPIO pins 14 and 15 are assigned to control USB1 and USB2 LEDs by
production (non-beta) U-Boot and firmware.
Currently not working:
1. USB1 and USB2 LEDs if UART RX and TX pins are assigned to their GPIOs
by some U-Boot versions.
Flash instruction under vendor GUI:
1. Download "lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-squashfs-factory.bin".
2. Go to WEB interface and perform usual firmware upgrade.
FLash instruction under U-Boot recovery mode (doesn't work in beta
firmware):
1. Setup PC with static IP "192.168.0.66/24" and tftp server.
2. Change "*-factory" image filename to "WR942v1_recovery.bin" and make
it available to download from your tftp server.
3. Press "reset" button and power up the router, wait till "WPS" LED
turns on.
Flash instruction under U-Boot, using UART (can be done only with
preinstalled UART-enabled U-Boot version!):
1. Use "tpl" to stop autobooting and obtain U-Boot CLI access.
2. Setup ip addresses for U-Boot and your tftp server.
3. Issue below commands:
tftp 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-tl-wr942n-v1-sysupgrade.bin
erase 0x9f020000 +$filesize
cp.b 0x81000000 0x9f020000 $filesize
reset
Signed-off-by: Serg Studzinskii <serguzhg@gmail.com>
[minor code style fixes, extended commit message]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Use "GL.iNet" as vendor name (based on information from the vendor, this
is registered name of the company) and align model names with official
website.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Most of the custom Build/* functions in ar71xx target are rarely used by
image building code for devices from more than one subtarget. As they
don't need to be always included, move them to corresponding *.mk files.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
ag71xx_ethtool_set_ringparam() will return an uninitialized value on
success.
Found-by: Coverity Scan #1330877
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
Instead of bit banging SPI to talk to the GPIO chip, use the hardware
led controllers intended for controlling the LEDs.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Fixes the following security vulnerabilities:
CVE-2017-8890
The inet_csk_clone_lock function in net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c in the
Linux kernel through 4.10.15 allows attackers to cause a denial of service
(double free) or possibly have unspecified other impact by leveraging use
of the accept system call.
CVE-2017-9074
The IPv6 fragmentation implementation in the Linux kernel through 4.11.1
does not consider that the nexthdr field may be associated with an invalid
option, which allows local users to cause a denial of service (out-of-bounds
read and BUG) or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted socket
and send system calls.
CVE-2017-9075
The sctp_v6_create_accept_sk function in net/sctp/ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9076
The dccp_v6_request_recv_sock function in net/dccp/ipv6.c in the Linux
kernel through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to
cause a denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via
crafted system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9077
The tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock function in net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9242
The __ip6_append_data function in net/ipv6/ip6_output.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.3 is too late in checking whether an overwrite of an skb data
structure may occur, which allows local users to cause a denial of service
(system crash) via crafted system calls.
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-8890
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9074
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9075
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9076
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9077
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9242
Ref: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ChangeLog-4.9.31
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fixes the following security vulnerabilities:
CVE-2017-8890
The inet_csk_clone_lock function in net/ipv4/inet_connection_sock.c in the
Linux kernel through 4.10.15 allows attackers to cause a denial of service
(double free) or possibly have unspecified other impact by leveraging use
of the accept system call.
CVE-2017-9074
The IPv6 fragmentation implementation in the Linux kernel through 4.11.1
does not consider that the nexthdr field may be associated with an invalid
option, which allows local users to cause a denial of service (out-of-bounds
read and BUG) or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted socket
and send system calls.
CVE-2017-9075
The sctp_v6_create_accept_sk function in net/sctp/ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9076
The dccp_v6_request_recv_sock function in net/dccp/ipv6.c in the Linux
kernel through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to
cause a denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via
crafted system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9077
The tcp_v6_syn_recv_sock function in net/ipv6/tcp_ipv6.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.1 mishandles inheritance, which allows local users to cause a
denial of service or possibly have unspecified other impact via crafted
system calls, a related issue to CVE-2017-8890.
CVE-2017-9242
The __ip6_append_data function in net/ipv6/ip6_output.c in the Linux kernel
through 4.11.3 is too late in checking whether an overwrite of an skb data
structure may occur, which allows local users to cause a denial of service
(system crash) via crafted system calls.
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-8890
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9074
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9075
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9076
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9077
Ref: https://cve.mitre.org/cgi-bin/cvename.cgi?name=CVE-2017-9242
Ref: https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/v4.x/ChangeLog-4.4.71
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
CONFIG_SG_POOL symbol is selected only by CONFIG_SCSI, since the last
one is disabled by default then disable CONFIG_SG_POOL by default too.
And explicitly enable it only for platforms that use CONFIG_SCSI.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Add HAVE_IRQ_EXIT_ON_IRQ_STACK kernel configuration symbol that was
missed during backporting separate IRQ stack for MIPS from upstream.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
PHY core treats any positive return value as the auto-negotiation done
indication. Since we do not actually check any device register in this
callback then update it to return positive value with a neutral meaning
instead of the register flag to avoid confusing for future readers.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
The Marvel 88E6060 switch has an MDIO interface, but does not emulate
regular PHY behavior for the host. The network core can not detect using
the generic code, whether the connection via the attached PHY can be
used or not. The PHY's state machine is stuck in a state of
auto-negotiation and does not go any further so the Ethernet interface
of the router stay forever in the not-runing state.
Fix this issue by implementing the aneg_done callback to be able to
inform the network core that the Ethernet interface link to which the
switch is connected can be marked as RUNNING.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Drop the own PHY polling function and switch to using the kernel PHY
state machine. This change allows driver to work correctly with devices
that do not support PHY behaviour but whose driver could emulate
autonegotiation completion (e.g. MV88E6060 and IP17xx switches).
NB: earlier this driver rely on flaws in PHY core code and could use PHY
device without really starting it. But now (at least in kernel 4.9)
this trick no more work and network interface could stuck in not-running
state.
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
Few tiny fixes for issues caused by changes in the upstream:
- do not touch PHY IRQ array (core code initializes it itself now)
- add missed SET_NETDEV_DEV() invocation (causes segfault during phy
connection)
- use phy API inside the MDIO probe function instead of direct field
access (consider phy structure changes in upstream and prevent
similar issues in the future)
Signed-off-by: Sergey Ryazanov <ryazanov.s.a@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Ubiquiti EdgeRouter X-SFP and
improves support for the EdgeRouter X (PoE-passthrough).
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621AT
- Flash: 256 MiB
- RAM: 265 MiB
- Ethernet: 5 x LAN (1000 Mbps)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (3.3V, RX, TX, GND) - 57600 8N1
- EdgeRouter X:
- 1 x PoE-Passtrough (Eth4)
- powered by Wallwart or passive PoE
- EdgeRouter X-SFP:
- 5 x PoE-Out (24V, passive)
- 1 x SFP (unknown status)
- powered by Wallwart (24V)
Doesn't work:
* SoC has crypto engine but no open driver.
* SoC has nat acceleration, but no open driver.
* This router has 2MB spi flash soldered in but MT
nand/spi drivers do not support pin sharing,
so it is not accessable and disabled. Stock
firmware could read it and it was empty.
Installation
via vendor firmware:
- build an Initrd-image (> 3MiB) and upload the factory-image
- initrd can have luci-mod-failsafe
- flash final firmware via LuCI / sysupgrade on rebooted system
via TFTP:
- stop uboot into tftp-load into option "1"
- upload factory.bin image
Signed-off-by: Sven Roederer <devel-sven@geroedel.de>
This change add IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1 board image support,
enables ubi image for IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1 board and also
add sysupgrage support for AP-DK04.1-C1 and generates a
sysupgrade.tar image.
Testing:
*Tested on IPQ40xx AP-DK04.1-C1:
a. NAND boot
b. ubi sysupgrade
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
x86 board.d only contains a case for the APU2, not the APU1. This
causes, for example, network configuration not to be created correctly.
Even though the APU1 seems to reaching EOL, there a still a lot of them
out there.
The APU1 and APU2 is configured in the same way and this patch should
also be considered for stable, as the error also exists there.
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
Now that we always provide these partitions through DT, we don't need to
pass their data through parser data from board files anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
Allow the parser to be invoked from DT without fixed cfe/linux/nvram
partitions. This allows flash to be probed from DT also for multi
flash-size images.
Signed-off-by: Jonas Gorski <jonas.gorski@gmail.com>
The patch 0008 removes the vanilla kernel gptu.c of lantiq.
But the replacement file timer.c does not work Amazon-SE and
is also protected therefore with an CONFIG_SOC_AMAZON_SE :-)
This commit will re-activate the default vanilla kernel code
in gptu.c for Amazon-SE.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
[refresh patches and add same change for kernel 4.9]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This patch adds support for the Allnet ADSL2+ Modem ALL0333CJ.
Specifications:
- SoC: Amazon-SE
- RAM: 16MB
- Storage: 4MB NOR FLash
- LEDs: Power, Ethernet, DSL (Sync)
- Buttons: 1x Reset Button (not currently supported, will be done)
- 1x Ethernet-Port: 1x RJ45 10/100BaseTX
- 1x WAN-Port: AnnexB & J, G.992.1(ADSL), G.992.3(ADSL2), G.992.5(ADSL2+)
Installation:
- can be done via telnet+tftp or serial console
- default passwords:
- via telnet (root:admin)
- via webinterface http://172.16.1.254:8235/ (admin:coolwhite)
Installation via telnet / tftp:
host: # your own host must have an tftpd daemon, then do this:
host: ifconfig eth0:172 172.16.1.1 up
host: # telnet to allnet modem, root:admin
host: telnet 172.16.1.254
modem: # kill this daemon, it spams your console
modem: killall dsl_cpe_control
modem: # change to some place in ram:
modem: cd /ramdisk/tftp_upload
modem: # load lede-lantiq-ase-ALL0333CJ-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin alias uImage
modem: tftp -g -r uImage 172.16.1.1
modem: # load these extra tools from your tftpd via:
modem: # source: https://github.com/mcmilk/uboot-utils/releases/download/0.1/mips32.tar.gz
modem: tftp -g -r flashwrite 172.16.1.1
modem: tftp -g -r fw_setenv 172.16.1.1
modem: tftp -g -r fw.conf 172.16.1.1
modem: ln -s fw_setenv fw_printenv
modem: chmod +x *
modem: ./fw_setenv disable_recovery y
modem: ./fw_setenv kernel_addr 0xb0010000
modem: ./flashwrite /dev/mtd/1 uImage 0
Installation via serial line at uboot:
uboot: # erase everything exept bootloader
uboot: protect on b0000000 +10000; protect on b03f0000 +10000
uboot: erase all
uboot: # get new firmware via tftp:
uboot: tftpboot 0x80100000 uImage; setenv kernel_addr 0xb0010000
uboot: # copy to flash:
uboot: cp.b 0x80100000 $(kernel_addr) $(filesize)
uboot: # disable proprietary image checking:
uboot: setenv disable_recovery=y; saveenv
uboot: # reboot with LEDE ;)
uboot: reset
Ethernet works as expected, DSL syncronization does not work properly
currently, I am working on this issue.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
Enable the building of Netgear DGN1000B images. I have an
example device here, but it was not tested currently.
Also WLAN and USB is not ready in the moment.
This is just the proper way, so that developing on this
device is known to be done in the near future.
Signed-off-by: Tino Reichardt <milky-lede@mcmilk.de>
Add block device sd to kernel config otherwise AHCI/eSATA devices won't get enumerated in /dev
Signed-off-by: Daniel Engberg <daniel.engberg.lists@pyret.net>
Explicitely disable X2APIC support on legacy targets since the targeted
processor types do not support it anyway there.
Fixes FS#285.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
mvebu was modifying RAMFS_COPY_BIN and RAMFS_COPY_DATA from a
sysupgrade_pre_upgrade hook. As the ramfs is created from stage2, this
did not have an effect anymore after the staged sysupgrade changes.
As it doesn't really hurt to copy fw_printenv and fw_setenv
unconditionally, simply add them in /lib/upgrade/platform.sh, so stage2
will see them.
Config copying is moved to a function called by platform_copy_config, where
it belongs.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Fixes: FS#821
Fixes: 30f61a34b4 "base-files: always use staged sysupgrade"
If nand chip has no NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE flag on its options
ubifs can't use it mtd devices and the kernel crashes with error:
__nand_correct_data: uncorrectable ECC error
Signed-off-by: Sergey Sergeev <adron@yapic.net>
Fixes these prints on boot:
[ 13.785600] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 13.793134] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
[ 13.798721] imx-uart 2020000.serial: DMA transaction error.
Based on following upstream patch by Tim Harvey (Gateworks):
80a01b6582
TX complete DMA messages are getting missed.
This is also currently an issue in mainline.
For now we will disable DMA in serial/imx.c.
This resolves an issue encountered with RS485 transmit.
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
The "reserved" partition should probably be read-only, just in case. Even
not knowing it's content, other devices have marked it as such, so it
seems a good idea to do so also for this device.
Signed-off-by: Enrico Mioso <mrkiko.rs@gmail.com>
CC: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
CC: Hanqing Wong <hquu@outlook.com>
This fixes wrong GPIO numbers for LEDs and button in Wallys DR344 board
and sets color of all LEDs to green as the mass production boards have
only green one.
Actually, DR344 has 6 GPIO-connected LEDs and one button:
- GPIO11: status
- GPIO12: sig1
- GPIO13: sig2
- GPIO14: sig3
- GPIO15: sig4
- GPIO16: reset button
- GPIO17: lan
WAN LED is connected directly with AR8035 PHY.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This aligns default network interfaces configuration with vendor
firmware: GE (eth0) -> wan, FE (eth1) -> lan.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
GMAC0 interface of AR9344 SOC in Wallys DR344 board is connected with
AR8035, not with AR8327. Without this fix, GE interface doesn't work at
all or shows high packet loss ratio.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
EnGenius ENS202EXT is an outdoor wireless access point with
2-port 10/100 switch, detachable antennas and proprietery PoE.
The device is based on Qualcomm/Atheros AR9341 v1.
Specifications:
- 535/400/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- UART (J1) header on PCB (unpopulated)
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 2.4 GHz, up to 26dBm
- 2x external, detachable antennas
- 7x LED, 1x button
Flash instructions:
You have three options:
- Use the vendor firmware upgrade page on the web interface and give
it the factory.img. This is the easiest way to go about it.
- If you have serial access during u-boot, interrupt the normal boot
(any key before timeout) and run 'run failsafe_boot'; this will bring
you to a minimal openwrt luci image on ip 192.168.1.1 useful if you've
bricked the normal firmware.
- Use the vendor's management cli, which can be accessed via telnet
with the same credentials as the web login (default admin:admin), then
issue the following commands:
*** Hi admin, welcome to use cli(V-1.6.7) ***
---========= Commands Help =========---
stat -- Status
sys -- System
wless2 -- 2.4G-Wireless
mgmt -- Management
tree -- Tree
help -- Help
reboot -- Reboot
ens202ext>mgmt
Management
---========= Commands Help =========---
admin -- Administration
mvlan -- Management VLAN settings
snmp -- SNMP settings
backup -- Backup/Restore settings
autorb -- Auto reboot settings
fwgrade -- Firmware upgrade
time -- Time settings
wifisch -- Wifi schedule
log -- Log
diag -- Diagnostics
disc -- Device Discovery
logout -- Logout
help -- Help
exit -- Exit
ens202ext/mgmt>fwgrade
Management --> Firmware upgrade
---========= Commands Help =========---
fwup -- Firmware upgrade
help -- Help
exit -- Exit
ens202ext/mgmt/fwgrade>fwup http://web.server/lede-ar71xx-generic-ens202ext-squashfs-factory.bin
Signed-off-by: Marty Plummer <ntzrmtthihu777@gmail.com>
The single SFP port is meant for direct media access to WAN, such as
VDSL2, GPON). While it could also be used for in-home fiber, it is much
more likely that the LAN is standard ethernet, especially considering
that SFP is the onmly port that can go beyond 1Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Take explicit note of what physical ports eth{0,1,2} refer to.
Also repair port assignment:
At some point between 4.9.20 and 4.9.29 the numbering changed.
Keep previous port assignment that was:
LAN = SFP+Switch
WAN = standalone ethernet
Also use the same assignment for Clearfog-Base to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
Installing all armada-388-clearfog-* DTBs in the same sdcard image,
it now becomes much easier to swap sdcards between different device variants.
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
U-Boot provides standard variables for load addresses, and
filesystem-agnostic load-commands. Furthermore thanks to distro-boot,
the device and partition from which the system boots is known.
The new boot-script makes use of all this information.
Tested on the only board that uses this boot-script: Clearfog Pro
Signed-off-by: Josua Mayer <josua.mayer97@gmail.com>
sunxi sysupgrade was based on the x86 implementation; sync fixes and other
changes from the current x86 version:
x86: fix sysupgrades on disks with 4k block size
x86: sysupgrade: move partition table change check to platform_check_image
x86: sysupgrade: refactor platform_do_upgrade
x86: sysupgrade: explicitly rescan disk after writing partition table
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
When existing partitions are retained, the dd call writing the uboot image
in the space before the first partition was accidentally writing the whole
image, making the code for individual partitions redundant. Limit the copy
to 1016KiB (the first 8KiB are skipped, and the first partition starts at
1024KiB).
In addition, conv=notrunc is replaced with conv=fsync. It seems this was an
oversight, as notrunc doesn't make sense for block devices and all other dd
commands use conv=fsync.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This should ensure that the kernel partition can be mounted in
platform_copy_config when its size has changed.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
By returning early when no upgrade device can be found and handling the
SAVE_PARTITIONS=0 case differently, we can get rid of two levels of if.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
The staged sysupgrade will prevent us from using ask_bool in
platform_do_upgrade; therefore, the check is moved to platform_check_image.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
All targets with NAND support should gradually move their nand_do_upgrade
calls from platform_pre_upgrade to platform_do_upgrade.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
This change adds QPIC BAM dma and NAND driver node's in IPQ4019
device tree, also enable this for AP-DK04.1 based boards.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
This change adds support for below:
- Bam transaction which will be used for any NAND request.
- Reset function for NAND BAM transaction
- Add support for additional CSRs.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
The existing qcom_nand driver supports ADM DMA which is mainly
required for ipq806x family based boards,
IPQ40xx based boards uses BAM DMA in NAND driver, so this patch
adds BAM DMA support with compatible string as qcom,ebi2-nandc-bam.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
GPIO_PULL bits configurations in TLMM_GPIO_CFG register
differs for IPQ40xx from rest of the other qcom SoC's.
This change add support to configure the msm_gpio_pull
bits for ipq40xx, It is required to fix the proper
configurations of gpio-pull bits for nand pins mux.
Signed-off-by: Ram Chandra Jangir <rjangir@codeaurora.org>
The generic preinit code is now able to setup network and switch vlan settings
from the /etc/board.json file, therefor drop the target specific code.
Fixes FS#790.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
You can flash via tftp recovery (serve factory image as /mr6400_tp_recovery.bin
on 192.168.0.66/24, connect to any ethernet port and power on device while
holding the reset button). Flashing via OEM web interface does not work.
Hardware Specification (v1.0 EU):
- SoC: QCA9531
- Flash: Winbond W25Q64FV (8MiB)
- RAM: EtronTech EM6AB160TSE-5G (64MiB)
- Wireless: SoC platform only (2.4GHz b/g/n, 2x internal antenna)
- Ethernet: 2NIC (3x100M + 1x100M)
- WWAN: TP-LINK LTE MODULE (2x external detachable antenna)
- Power: DC 12V 1A
Signed-off-by: Filip Moc <lede@moc6.cz>
Neither the AsiaRF AWM002 or AWM003 actually has an LED on the module
board. The ld1 and ld2 do not represent actual LEDs. These pins might
connect to LEDS on an eval board or other carrier board, but that is
outside the scope of this device tree file.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
UML statically links against libutil, librt and libpthread. Some hosts do not
necessarily have these libraries installed and we should find out sooner than
later (during the final vmlinux linking stage) about that.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
The device tree is at /proc/device-tree/ without a base subdir.
Fixes: da472e5b30 ("treewide: access device tree from userspace via /proc/")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This patch adds supports for the GL-inet GL-MT300N-V2.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7628AN
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 128 MiB DDR
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (100 Mbps) and 1 x LAN (100 Mbps)
- USB: 1 x USB 2.0 port
- Button: 1 x switch button, 1 x reset button
- LED: 3 x LEDS (system power led is not GPIO controller)
- UART: 1 x UART on PCB (JP1: 3.3V, RX, TX, GND)
Installation through Luci:
- The original firmware is LEDE, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
- Do not keep settings, for sysupgrade please use the -n option.
Installation through bootloader webserver:
- Plug power and hold reset button until red LED blink to bright.
- Install sysupgrade image using web interface on 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Kyson Lok <kysonlok@gmail.com>
[match maximum image size with firmware partition]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Access the device tree via /proc/device-tree/ is the documented way to
access the properties. Everything else might not work in future.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
commit 961c0eacea ('x86: fix lifting kernel CPU requirements and always
enable PAE') broke some older geode boards such as Soekris net4826.
Hence disable PAE on x86/legacy again in order to still support those
very old non-PAE capable CPUs.
Fixes FS#773 - PAE broke Soekris net4826
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
This PR allow the 3G modem embedded in the DWR-512 to be managed
by the wwan-ncm scripts. The modem will use the usb-option and
usb-cdc-ether drivers.
The DWR-512 DT is updated accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Giuseppe Lippolis <giu.lippolis@gmail.com>
These drivers are in many reference-design Xeon, iCore, or
Atom64 based server boards.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This change is required to make the GBit switch work on my Mikrotik Routerboard RB2011UiAS-RM, and I assume that the other RB2011 variants are exactly the same in terms of the switch. I have tested the board without and with the patch and confirm that the GBit ports are not supported at all (i.e. no communication works) with the current version in trunk and that everything works with the patch applied. The test box has been running for a few days with the patch applied, and does not show any performance problems in a test setting. I have not used it with LEDE in production so far, but with a previous turnk version of OpenWRT for many years - with the same patch applied. I therefore have good indication that it is stable.
For the record, the switch chip on my test box is identified as
switch0: Atheros AR8327 rev. 4 switch registered on ag71xx-mdio.0
The value 0x6f000000 has been taken from the table at https://wiki.openwrt.org/toh/mikrotik/rb2011uias with the previous discussion thread still online at https://lists.openwrt.org/pipermail/openwrt-devel/2014-December/029949.html.
One definite improvement from the older OpenWRT trunk version I have been running in production and current LEDE trunk is that the SFP interface can be kept in the default configuration without excessive kernel messages about it constantly going up and down. I have not yet tested an actual SFP module, though.
Performance seems to be reasonable. Routing between two GBit ports on that switch separated by different VLANs with the default firewall ruleset (and one additional rule two allow traffic between the VLANs), but without NAT, iperf3 results are:
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth Retr
[ 4] 0.00-10.00 sec 508 MBytes 426 Mbits/sec 102 sender
[ 4] 0.00-10.00 sec 506 MBytes 425 Mbits/sec receiver
With a connection going through NAT (also 2 ports on the same GBit switch, same ruleset, but NAT active), routing performance drops to around 250 MBit/s.
(Note that RouterOS achieves beyond 900 MBit/s on the same hardware with the default rule set and the FastTrack rule active even for NAT, see https://wiki.mikrotik.com/index.php?title=Manual:IP/Fasttrack and http://www.mikrotik.com/download/share/FastTrack.pdf).
Summarizing, I strongly recommend to apply this patch in trunk, so that the GBit switch chip rev. 4 can be supported upstream in the next LEDE release (hopefully soon).
Signed-off-by: René Mayrhofer <rene@mayrhofer.eu.org>
changes the image version from hardcoded OpenWrt to
$VERSION_DIST. AirOS shows a notification with the image version
during a firmware upgrade.
fixes#582
Signed-off-by: Matthias Fritzsche <txt.file@txtfile.eu>
With cpufreq disabled, the CPU stays locked at the frequency set by the
bootloader. This severely degrades performance as the bootloader sets
the CPU at the lowest frequency by default.
Enable cpufreq for all subtargets and use the ondemand governor.
Tested bcm2708 on RPi0W. Tested bcm2709 and bcm2710 on RPi3.
Reported-by: Bryan Mayland <bmayland@capnbry.net>
Signed-off-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
The generic SPI code calculates how long the issued transfer would take
and adds 100ms in addition to the timeout as tolerance. On my 500 MHz
Lantiq Mips SoC I am getting timeouts from the SPI like this when the
system boots up:
m25p80 spi32766.4: SPI transfer timed out
blk_update_request: I/O error, dev mtdblock3, sector 2
SQUASHFS error: squashfs_read_data failed to read block 0x6e
After increasing the tolerance for the timeout to 200ms I haven't seen
these SPI transfer time outs any more.
The Lantiq SPI driver in use here has an extra work queue in between,
which gets triggered when the controller send the last word and the
hardware FIFOs used for reading and writing are only 8 words long.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Refresh patches. A number of patches have landed upstream & hence are no
longer required locally:
062-[1-6]-MIPS-* series
042-0004-mtd-bcm47xxpart-fix-parsing-first-block
Reintroduced lantiq/patches-4.4/0050-MIPS-Lantiq-Fix-cascaded-IRQ-setup
as it was incorrectly included upstream thus dropped from LEDE.
As it has now been reverted upstream it needs to be included again for
LEDE.
Run tested ar71xx Archer C7 v2 and lantiq.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[update from 4.4.68 to 4.4.69]
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This model also contains few partitions non-discoverable partitions we
need to "protect". Othen than that it uses non-deprecated serial entry
in DTS that doesn't work with LEDE so we need to workaround it as well.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Teltonika RUT900 is a Router with LTE dual SIM, WiFi, 4x Ethernet
ports, I/O, RS232, RS485, GPS.
The device ist based on a Atheros AR9344 rev 3,
Specifications:
- 560/450/225 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of RAM
- 16 MB of FLASH
- Serial Console header on a Card Board edge connector
- 4x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (3x LAN, 1x WAN)
- 2.4 GHz Wifi
- 2x external, detachable Wifi antennas
- LTE Modem Huawei ME909u-521 (Also other Modem seen)
- 2x LTE antennas
- 1x GPS antenna
- 7x LED, 1x button
- 1x USB Connector
- 1x Serial RS232
- 1x Serial RS485
- 1x MicroSD Card
The GPL sources of the device are available at www.teltonika.lt/gpl/
and are based on OpenWRT Barrier Breaker (14.07)
Running from tftp:
The Router starts into the uboot Webupdater if the Button ist pressed
more than 3 seconds, if no Network cable is attached it starts the
uboot serial console, from there the router loads the firmware image
via tftpboot from 192.168.1.2:firmware.bin (the router has the
192.168.1.1). With bootm the loaded image will be booted.
Signed-off-by: Steffen Weinreich <steve@weinreich.org>
Remove support for NCT6775/6 from W83627EHF driver so the NCT6775
driver will still be used for those chips.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
This adds support for Aerohive AP-121 access point.
Specification:
- SoC: Atheros AR9344-BC2A at 560MHz
- WiFi 1: 2.4GHz Atheros AR9340? - SoC
- WiFi 2: 5.0GHz Atheros AR9382-AL1A
- Memory: 128MB from 2x Nanya NT5TU32M16DG-AC
- SPI: 1MB Macronix MX25L8006E
- NAND: 128MB Hynix H27U1G8F2BTR-BC
- Ethernet: Atheros AR8035-A
- USB: 1x 2.0
- TPM: Atmel SC3204
Flashing:
1. Hook into UART (9600 baud) and enter U-Boot. You may need to enter
a password of administrator or AhNf?d@ta06 if prompted.
2. Once in U-Boot, download and flash LEDE factory image over tftp:
dhcp;
setenv serverip tftp-server-ip;
tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-ar71xx-nand-hiveap-121-squashfs-factory.bin;
nand erase 0x800000 0x800000;
nand write 0x81000000 0x800000 0x800000;
reset;
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
[minor text changes in commit subject and description, fixed
alphabetical order in etc/diag.sh, use only model name in lib/ar71xx.sh,
fixed code style issues in mach-hiveap-121.c, ubinized factory image]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Rambutan is a Wifi module based on QCA9550/9557
http://www.8devices.com/products/rambutan
This commit adds basic support for Rambutan development kit
Specification:
- 720/600/200 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 128 MB of DDR2 RAM
- 128 MB of NAND Flash
- 1x 100Mbps Ethernet
- 1x 1000Mbps Ethernet (PHY on dev-kit)
- 1x Wifi radio 2x2 MIMO, dualband 2.4 and 5 GHz
- 2x U.FL connectors on module, chip antennas on dev-kit
- 1x miniPCIe slot
- 1x USB2.0 host socket + 1x USB2.0 pins on 2.54mm header
Flash instructions:
Stock firmware is OpenWrt, so use:
sysupgrade -n /tmp/lede-ar71xx-nand-rambutan-squashfs-sysupgrade.tar
or upgarde from GUI (don't save config)
Use factory image to flash from U-Boot:
tftpboot 80060000 lede-ar71xx-nand-rambutan-squashfs-factory.ubi
nand erase.part ubi
nand write 80060000 ubi ${filesize}
Signed-off-by: Mantas Pucka <mantas@8devices.com>
[split support in uboot-envtools package into a separate commit,
fixed alphabetical order in lib/preinit/05_set_iface_mac_ar71xx]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This adds the build option for the new UniFi AC Mesh.
It is a direct hardware copy from the AC Lite.
- SoC: QCA9563-AL3A (775Mhz)
- RAM: 128MiB
- Flash: 16MiB - dual firmware partitions!
- LAN: 1 1000M - POE
- Wireless:
2.4G: QCA9563
5G: UniFi Chip, QCA988X compatible
Thanks to Frank Dietz for testing.
Signed-off-by: Ludwig Thomeczek <ledesrc@wxorx.net>
[wrapped too long lines in mach-ubnt-unifiac.c]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This fixes switch port mapping for: TL-WR841N/ND v8, TL-MR3420 v2 and
TL-WR941N/ND v5. All of them share the same Atheros ap123 reference
design.
The order of switch ports (shown in "swconfig dev eth1 show") is CPU,
LAN 4, LAN 1, LAN 2, LAN 3.
Signed-off-by: Oldřich Jedlička <oldium.pro@gmail.com>
[included 2 more devices]
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
these two devices have a Sata led for each sata port.
These leds must be controlled separately by a special
sata led trigger already used in oxnas target.
Both these devices have a single USB led, and to keep
consistent behaviour with the Sata leds that show
sata activity, this led uses usb-host trigger
to show usb activity.
Signed-off-by: Alberto Bursi <alberto.bursi@outlook.it>
Add support for SolidRun ClearFog Base board.
The base model is a smaller version of ClearFog Pro without
the DSA switch, replacing it with a second copper gigabit
port, and only one PCIe socket.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Add device tree files for Solidrun ClearFog Base board.
We also need to backport some improvements for Armada
388 MicroSoM.
The base model is a smaller version of ClearFog Pro without
the DSA switch, replacing it with a second copper gigabit
port, and only one PCIe socket.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
The conventional model is now known as the "Clearfog Pro".
We keep the old armada-388-clearfog.dts file for compatibility reasons.
Signed-off-by: Marko Ratkaj <marko.ratkaj@sartura.hr>
Add missing include of ramips.sh in order to import the missing
ramips_board_name() procedure.
Fixes FS#774.
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620A (580 MHz)
- RAM: 64 MiB (Winbond W9751G6JB-25)
- Flash: 16 MiB (Spansion S25FL128SAIF00)
- LAN: x4 100M
- WAN: x1 100M
- Others: USB 2.0, reset button, wps button and 9 LEDs
Issues:
- 5 GHz band is not functional (missing driver support)
Installation:
Asus windows recovery tool:
- install the Asus firmware restoration utility
- unplug the router, hold the reset button while powering it on
- release when the power LED flashes slowly
- specify a static IP on your computer:
IP address: 192.168.1.75;
Subnet mask 255.255.255.0
- Start the Asus firmware restoration utility, specify the sysupgrade
image, and press upload
TFTP Recovery method:
- set computer to a static ip, 192.168.1.75
- connect computer to the LAN 1 port of the router
- hold the reset button while powering on the router for a few seconds
- send firmware image using a tftp client; i.e from linux:
$ tftp
tftp> binary
tftp> connect 192.168.1.1
tftp> put lede-ramips-mt7620-rt-ac51u-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
tftp> quit
Signed-off-by: Ørjan Malde <foxyred333@gmail.com>
This device exactly same as NBG-419N but with USB port and USB Led.
Specification:
- SoC: Ralink RT3052 (MIPS24Kc) @384MHz
- RAM: 32 MiB
- Flash: 8 MiB
- WLAN: WiSoC 2T2R/300Mbps (2.4GHz)
- LAN: 4x100M
- WAN: 1x100M
- USB: 1x2.0
Installation via serial console (57600 8N1) from TFTP server
- rename the firmware to something shorter, for example
"sysupgrade.bin" (max. 32 chars)
- copy firmware TFTP server's directory
- when you power on device, and see U-Boot log, immediatly push "2"
once.
- You will see this message:
2: System Load Linux Kernel then write to Flash via TFTP.
Warning!! Erase Linux in Flash then burn new one. Are you sure?
- Push "y", and enter: device IP, then TFTP server's IP, and then
image firmware file name.
The firmware will be downloaded within ~30 seconds and flashed to the
device (It will take about 2 minutes).
Signed-off-by: Alexey Belyaev <spider@spider.vc>
[squash commits, compact commit message, fix compatible string, remove
superfluous pinmuxes]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Build profile for Asmax AR 1004g refers to an invalid DTS "rg100a". The
correct DTS for this device is "ar1004g".
Signed-off-by: Marcin Jurkowski <marcin1j@gmail.com>
It has been shown that the Fritz boxes have the correct mac address set
in the wireless calibration data/eeeprom. Use this mac address as base
for the ethernet and xdsl interface increment/decrement the address to
match the values stored in the tffs.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
commit 89878f60f4 x86: lift kernel minimum CPU requirement to Pentium MMX
caused kconfig havoc. Fix this and make sure PAE is enabled even on legacy
CPUs as the minimum required CPU has been Pentium MMX for a while now and
hence PAE is supported even on the x86_legacy target.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Anything older than that isn't supported since commit f4f8f4a180,
hence also switch to Pentium MMX when building the kernel.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
commit 4b4f739373 switched on HIGHMEM4G which implicitely disabled
PAE and hence also NX and other useful and security-relevant features.
Re-enable PAE by switching to HIGHMEM64G.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
In order to have a smaller initramfs image remove all packages not
needed on all devices and add them explicitely for those actually
needing them. Also remove wpad-mini from ramips default package set
and add it to all sub-targets except for MT7621.
While at it reorder packages alphabetically and replace kmod-mt76 with
kmod-mt7603 and/or kmod-mt76x2 depending on the chip actually used on
a specific board.
Hopefully fixes FS#758
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Module definitions for kmod-wdt-sunxi and kmod-eeprom-sunxi are removed
(wdt-sunxi was builtin anyways; nvmem-sunxi, which is the new name of
eeprom-sunxi is changed to builtin). As kmod-eeprom-sunxi was specified
in DEFAULT_PACKAGES, but not available on kernel 4.4, it was breaking the
image builder.
Support for kmod-sunxi-ir is added for kernel 4.4 (it is unclear why it
was disable before, it builds fine with with kernel 4.4).
Condtionals only relevant for pre-4.4 kernels are removed from modules.mk,
as sunxi does't support older kernels anymore.
Fixes FS#755.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
It was originally only enabled for the "32" subtarget along with the
"usb" feature which is now also shared by the "64" target
This should fix the phase1 build of armvirt/64
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Do not assign the CPU port twice, this confuses LuCI and possible other
programs relying on topology information in board.json.
Ref: https://github.com/openwrt/luci/issues/1086
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
With update of ARC tools to arc-2016.09 based on GCC v6.x
we have to bump Linux kernel version so both toolchain and
the kernel use the same ARC ABIv4.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
With update of ARC tools to arc-2016.09 based on GCC v6.x
we have to bump Linux kernel version so both toolchain and
the kernel use the same ARC ABIv4.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
DWC3 driver uses of_usb_get_phy_mode() which is
implemented in drivers/usb/phy/of.c and in bare minimal
configuration it might not be pulled in kernel binary.
In case of ARC or ARM this could be easily reproduced with
"allnodefconfig" +CONFIG_USB=m +CONFIG_USB_DWC3=m.
On building all ends-up with:
---------------------->8------------------
Kernel: arch/arm/boot/Image is ready
Kernel: arch/arm/boot/zImage is ready
Building modules, stage 2.
MODPOST 5 modules
ERROR: "of_usb_get_phy_mode" [drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3.ko] undefined!
make[1]: *** [__modpost] Error 1
make: *** [modules] Error 2
---------------------->8------------------
This was affecting Lede in case of CONFIG_ALL_KMODS=y.
The patch is already scheduled for v4.12 and once it is backported to
4.9.y it must be removed from here.
Note this patch makes sense not only for ARC instead it fixes
a generic issue which may affect more arches and platforms thus
putting it in "generic/" folder.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <Alexey.Brodkin@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name> [patch rename]
Since commit:
7120438e5d
Seems that fsl_rstcr_restart() has been converted
to a reset handler and dropped as hook/callback.
Apply the same to the `tl_wdr4900_v1` target.
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Re-applied patches:
001-powerpc-85xx-add-gpio-keys-to-of-match-table.patch
100-powerpc-85xx-tl-wdr4900-v1-support.patch
Dropped patch:
200-spi-fsl-espi-preallocate-local-buffer.patch
now part of kernel upstream hash
1423877b73
Signed-off-by: Alexandru Ardelean <ardeleanalex@gmail.com>
Early SoC versions with an ECO of 1 required the gpio reset.
Mass production SoCs no longer need this work around.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Add the changes suggested by FS#716 to fix the switch driver initialization
on the ZTE Q7.
Also remove the `pinctrl-names` field obsoleted by the changes.
Reported-by: Harry Lau <harrylwc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jo-Philipp Wich <jo@mein.io>
Fix a copy/paste error and include the ZBT-WE826 dtsi instead of the
ZBT-WG3526 one.
Fix the syntax error in the ZBT-WE826 dtsi to prevent an compile error.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The IMX6 PCIe host controller does not fire legacy interrupts if MSI is
enabled. A patch is being worked on to enable MSI at runtime only when
it is needed but meanwhile this patch will disable MSI for the imx6 kernel.
This fixes the no interrupt issue on cards/drivers that use legacy interrupts
such as ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Tested-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
Both of these boards share the same DTS, and hardware. The only
difference would be the PCI-E slot, and ath9k card found on the MX60W.
Due to the similarities, it would be more efficient to merge these
profiles.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
This moves core router packages to the NAND target, to ensure they are
applied to all images. This change is being done due to an issue found
when flashing the MX60W image, which came without these when built as a
multi image.
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The patch 523-MIPS-ath79-OTP-support only supports the OTP offsets for
AR933x chips, which has changed on newer platforms such as the AR934x.
The follwoing change is to add support for reading the OTP on the
AR934x. Tested on an Aerohive AP-121.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chris Blake <chrisrblake93@gmail.com>
The ZBT-WG826 is available with 16 or 32 MByte of flash. Split the
device tree source file, rename the currently supported 16 MByte
version and add the 32 MByte variant.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Digineo AC1200 Pro is the 32MB flash variant of the ZBT-WG3526 with
unpopulated/exposed sdhci slot. Rename to board to the OEM/ODM name and
add the sdhci kernel module to use it for multiple clones.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ZBT-WG3526 is available with 16 or 32 MByte of flash. Rename the
current supported 16MByte version to indicate which flash size variant
is supported.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Specification:
- SoC: MT7621AT, MT7603EN and MT7612EN
- Flash: 16 MiB (W25Q128FVSG)
- RAM: 512 MiB (EM6GE16EWXD-12H)
- Ethernet: 1 x WAN (10/100/1000Mbps) and 4 x LAN (10/100/1000 Mbps)
- Others: USB 2.0, micro SD slot, reset button and 8 x LEDs
Issues:
- Two LEDs for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz Wi-Fi do not work, can't find GPIOs.
- The pwr LED is not GPIO controllable
How to install:
- The original firmware is OpenWrt, so both LuCI or sysupgrade can be used.
- Do not keep settings, for sysupgrade please use the -n option.
Signed-off-by: Jiawei Wang <buaawjw@gmail.com>
The wan port is connected to switch port 0. Fix the mediatek,portmap as
well as the default switch config.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Belyaev <spider@spider.vc>
Make switch port LEDs blink on activity as they do with stock firmware.
The u-boot loader sets suitable values in the LED control register that
unfortunately get blown away by the linux switch driver init. Restore
that value by using driver 'initvals'. 0x0431 is the led control
register, the value 0x0960. Each nybble represents each LED's mode
(LED3,2,1,0) in this case OFF, 1000LINK+Activity, 100/10LINK+Activity,
OFF. Only LED1&2 are physically present.
Enabling the blinkenlights exposed the fact that an RRCP packet was
being emitted by the switch on all ports every second. Further initvals
copied from stock firmware's u-boot driver disabled this 'feature'.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Allow per-device initvals in the DTS file for rlt8366rb
switches.
Shamelessly copies 30494598f8
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
Migrate to new image generation and
introduce sdcard generation (based on sunxi).
Profile now generated via image/Makefile instead
of profiles/ directory.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Couzens <lynxis@fe80.eu>
boardnames were changed with the recent target update. the sysupgrade board
detection was not updated properly.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Without patch unloading the dwc3-of-simple module went stuck after
successfully removing hcd.1 during the hcd.0 removal:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 21.391846] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.391931] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.397038] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 21.401111] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.406685] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.412848] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 21.417248] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.422521] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
followed by nothing.
Sometimes a stall CPU was detected, or a kernel panic,
or a reboot occurred after a couple of minutes.
At the same time unloading the dwc3 module followed by dwc3-of-simple
module was working repeatedly.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 53.827328] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.827412] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.832630] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 53.836452] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.842314] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.848412] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 53.852542] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.857882] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.863956] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 53.867875] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.873696] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.879742] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
root@LEDE:/#
For the non-working case, the code was stuck in a readl() in
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/host/xhci.c#L91
because
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-of-simple.c#L126
was disabling the wrong clocks when removing hcd.1 (it was disabling
the clock of hcd.0). That's why the readl() went stuck when removing
hcd.0
The patch however addresses the clock assignment from the Netgear R7500
dts file and backs off the previous attempt.
Now unloading and repeated module loading is working just fine.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 24.089679] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.089765] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.094856] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 24.098963] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.104522] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.111194] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 24.115086] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.120396] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.126503] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 24.130347] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.135948] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.142085] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3-of-simple module unloading for Netgear R7500
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
The patch follows the qualcomm code comments setting
SSUSB_CTRL_TEST_POWERDOWN to 0x1 and is testing and clearing the
bit during USB superspeed PHY init. According to Andy Gross it
needs to be BIT(26).
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Acked-by: Andy Gross <andy.gross@linaro.org>
We need to ensure there is enough headroom to push extra header,
but we also need to check if we are allowed to change headers.
skb_cow_head() is the proper helper to deal with this.
Fixes Ethernet<->WiFi bridge for Raspberry Pi and probably other devices.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Original armvirt target is now subtarget 32. Other than that the built
result should remain the same as before
Besides old features already available with arm64, the new armvirt/64
subtarget will also have those features originally enabled for
armvirt/32 with commit 44ecfc2 ("armvirt: new target")
- pl011, uart
- pl031, rtc
- pl061, gpio
- pci-host-generic
- virtio_{mmio,pci,net,blk,scsi,9p,console,balloon}
- smp with NR_CPUS=4
- cpu-hotplug
- ext4
- DEBUG_BUGVERBOSE for debug purposes
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
Fix a '==' that should be a '=' in a test condition. Busybox fortunately
doesn't care.
Signed-off-by: Matthias Schiffer <mschiffer@universe-factory.net>
Add red:internet led on gpio 30 previously claimed as missing.
Wifi led was claimed as blue however there are no blue leds on the
board at all. Actually there are two wifi leds, green & amber so add
definitions for those. Make the newly discovered green wifi led gpio
14 the default.
There is no amber power led on this board. The mention of the amber
power led in the manual means power red and power green at the same
time.
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
[removed unnecessary aliases, add migration script]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Use fixed led names and add each board variant instead of manipulating
the board name.
It makes the ramips board name function less different to the one used
in other targets and allows to merge them with a common function.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
We need to keep the former used (unmodified) boardname in the metadata.
Otherwise an upgrade from an board using the old boardname will be
refused.
Fixes: a75ce960ac ("ramips: use different board names for variants")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
PSG1218 got only 4 Ethernet ports and WAN on port 3 while
PSG1218K2C got 5 Ethernet ports and WAN on port 4
Switch to use kmod-kt76x2 instead of kmod-mt76 for both devices while
at it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Golle <daniel@makrotopia.org>
Use the stateless 4-byte op codes for this flash chip to fix reboot
hangs on SoCs expecting the flash chip in 3-byte mode.
Fixes: FS#179
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
This reverts commit 51397d7d95.
There are some unresolved random crashes on WRT1900AC v1 that still need
to be sorted out
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
This fixes:
Thermal sensors on bcm2835 SoC (BCM2835_THERMAL) [N/m/y/?] (NEW) aborted!
This symbol depends on ARCH_BCM2835 so it should be OK to disable it at
brcm2708 target only.
Fixes: 7d32caa61fb0 ("brcm2708: backport upstream sdhost controller driver")
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Since 192f0a3db8 ("ath9k: unset the default LED pin if used by
platform leds") the default ath9k wireless LED is not set as soon as
any pin of the ath ath9k gpio controller is used.
All touched boards have leds defined which are using the gpio pins
exposed by the ath9k driver but rely on a default set wireless led
trigger.
Add the wireless leds were missing and setup the wireless phy trigger
in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Russell Senior <russell@personaltelco.net>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The Netgear R6220 requires the kmod-usb3 package and misses
kmod-usb-ledtrig-usbport package to setup the configured usb led
trigger.
Drop the already target selected kmod-mt76.
Fixes: FS#686
Fixes: 38bee61dab ("ramips: add support for Netgear R6220")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the PCIe 5GHz wireless by using the on flash eeprom/caldata.
Disable the 2.4GHz band as this band has no antennas attached but is
enabled in the eeprom/caldata.
Fixes: FS#691
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the PCIe 5GHz wireless by using the ralink mtd-eeprom property as
this board have a RT5592 and uses the rt2x00 driver. The mediathek
device tree bindings do not work here.
Fixes: FS#691
Fixes: d8dd207ea6 ("ramips: use the ralink,mtd-eeprom device tree property")
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The factory image has an uImage header covering the entire image and
not only the kernel. The original uImage header which covers only the
kernel is appended to the end of the image.
During LEDE boot the uImage rootfs splitter skips the whole filesystem,
can't find a valid filesystem magic and panics.
The last known working version was OpenWrt 14.07, which simply kept on
searching for an uImage header if the first found didn't resulted into
a working rootfs. This behaviour is kind of error prone since it could
produce false positives.
Since the sysupgrade image works fine in combination with the tftp
recovery for doing the initial installation of LEDE, simply drop the
factory image.
Related: FS#462
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The original implementation loaded the count register with (wrong) semi-
random values due to its implemenation nature.
If the wrongly calulated value was below the kickrate,
the WD was triggered and rebooted the system.
Rework this, partly based on upstream patches, to dynamically fetch the
current clockrate and calculate the proper offset for the WD countdown
register.
Before:
[ 143.800000] count val: 27219720
[ 148.820000] count val: 50623201
[ 153.830000] count val: 96425250
[ 158.830000] count val: 89735401
[ 163.840000] count val: 4756110
After:
[ 0.700000] MPCore WD init. clockrate: 299984500 prescaler: 256
countrate: 1171814 timeout: 60s
[ 358.530000] count val: 35154751
[ 363.540000] count val: 35154750
[ 368.540000] count val: 35154751
[ 373.550000] count val: 35154750
Signed-off-by: Koen Vandeputte <koen.vandeputte@ncentric.com>
In preparation for bumping arm64 to 4.9, add a bunch of configuration
symbols that are available under arm64.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Drop sample command line to use against the ARM Foundation v8 model and
replace the path to something that matches LEDE's directory structure.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
This required us to both download the Foundation emulator but also build
a boot wrapper. QEMU is now fully usable and is a much better
replacement.
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Instead of renaming the default wireless led attached to the wireless
chip, add a new led using the platform leds with the phy0tpt trigger
set in userspace.
When switching ar71xx to device tree, the same can be done by using the
build in GPIO controller and without adding new bindings.
Drop the now unused platform code.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
With the fritz-tools a userspace parser for the Tiny Flash File System
is available and makes the tffs2 kernel patches obsolete.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Split the fritz-tools into subpackages. fritz_tffs_read is usefull for
all Fritz boards where fritz-cal_extract is only required for the
Fritz 4040 at the moment.
Rename the tffs related binary to the more catchy name fritz_tffs and
move the whole package to utilities since the package doesn't really
provide a firmware file.
Make the fritz-tools available for all targets and build them shared.
The tffs is used by avm on lantiq and ar71xx as well.
Tested-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Fix the list order instead of adjusting the controller scan order.
Revert the former required changes to the lantiq PCIe driver.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
* adds MT7530 DSA support
* backport latest ethernet driver
* add PMIC leds
* add auxadc support
* add efuse support
* add thermal sensor support
* add irq affinity support for ethernet
still todo
* DSA multi cpu support
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Keeping it in base-files was resulting in adding it to the base-files
package. This file is meant to be included manually for initramfs
images only.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
There are currently several supported TP-Link devices without specified
version number in image name and/or DEVICE_TITLE (e.g. WBS210, WBS510,
TL-WR810N, TL-WA7510N, TL-WPA8630), but vendor website shows that there
are already more than one version of them on the market.
For devices like Archer C5, which second version is based on a total
different platform, missing version number in DEVICE_TITLE (used in
menuconfig) might be misleading for users.
To make it less confusing for users and easier to maintain in future,
include version number in image name and DEVICE_TITLE for all TP-Link
devices, even if there is only one version of device at the moment.
Also, keep DEVICE_TITLE in same format for all TP-Link devices.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Acked-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
Kernel/hardware support for this board has been implemented since
Chaos Calmer. This set of patches is to get the board identified in
userland. This will allow support for things like sysupgrade,
configuring initial LED state, configuring initial switch state, etc.
Signed-off-by: Ron Angeles <ronangeles@gmail.com>
This router has the same hardware as TP-LINK TL-WR841N/ND v11 (same FCC
ID, same TFTP image name...).
If the stock firmware web interface doesn't accept LEDE factory image,
it can be flashed via the U-Boot TFTP recovery mode, by long-pressing
the reset button after power on.
The TFTP image name is wr841nv11_tp_recovery.bin (yes, v11, not v12).
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
On the more sophisticated (i.e. deeper FIFO) serial controllers,
flow-control might be needed to avoid dropping output.
Signed-off-by: Philip Prindeville <philipp@redfish-solutions.com>
Specification:
- SoC: Qualcomm Atheros QCA9563 (775 MHz, MIPS 74Kc)
- RAM: 128 MiB
- Storage: 16MB NOR flash
- Wireless: Built into QCA9563 (Dragonfly), PHY modes b/g/n, 3x3 MIMO
- Ethernet: 2x1G
Tested and working:
- ethernet / switch / lan / wan
- 2.4GHz SoC wifi
- PCIe
- leds
- buzzer
Ramload:
- tftpboot 0x84000000 lede-ar71xx-generic-wpj563-16M-initramfs-uImage.bin
- bootm 0x84000000
Install:
- tftpboot 0x80500000 lede-ar71xx-generic-wpj563-16M-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
- erase 0x9f030000 +$filesize
- erase 0x9f680000 +1
- cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f030000 $filesize
Erasing 0x9f680000 is required because uboot defines
"bootcmd=bootm 0x9f680000 || bootm 0x9f030000", so it first tries to boot
the higher address. I think the 16 mb flash are intended to be used as
8+8mb for a fallback image. In my hardware only the lower address has a
bootable image. But to make sure future hardware will boot lede too, I
erase one block, so uboot will skip this address.
Signed-off-by: Christian Mehlis <christian@m3hlis.de>
RGMII RX delay setting needs to be always specified for AR8337 to
avoid port 5 RX hang on high traffic / flood conditions.
Also, the HOL registers that set per-port and per-packet-priority
buffer sizes are updated with the reduced values suggested by the
QCA switch team.
Finally, AR8327 reserved register fixups are disabled for the AR8337.
This patch is adapted from the Code Aurora QSDK, but with magic
values mapped to proper defines.
Signed-off-by: Vittorio Gambaletta <openwrt@vittgam.net>
Without patch unloading the dwc3-of-simple module went stuck after
successfully removing hcd.1 during the hcd.0 removal:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 21.391846] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.391931] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.397038] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 21.401111] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.406685] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 21.412848] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 21.417248] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 21.422521] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
followed by nothing.
Sometimes a stall CPU was detected, or a kernel panic,
or a reboot occurred after a couple of minutes.
At the same time unloading the dwc3 module followed by dwc3-of-simple
module was working repeatedly.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 53.827328] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.827412] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.832630] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 53.836452] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.842314] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.848412] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 53.852542] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.857882] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.863956] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 53.867875] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 53.873696] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 53.879742] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
root@LEDE:/#
For the non-working case, the code was stuck in a readl() in
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/host/xhci.c#L91
because
http://lxr.free-electrons.com/source/drivers/usb/dwc3/dwc3-of-simple.c#L126
was disabling the wrong clocks when removing hcd.1 (it was disabling
the clock of hcd.0). That's why the readl() went stuck when removing
hcd.0
The patch however addresses the clock assignment from the .dtsi
file. Most probably it went into openwrt here:
https://dev.openwrt.org/browser/trunk/target/linux/ipq806x/patches-3.18/101-ARM-qcom-add-USB-nodes-to-ipq806x-ap148.patch?rev=45261
copied from Qualcomms attempt here: https://lkml.org/lkml/2015/11/20/116
Now unloading and repeated module loading is working just fine,
no matter if you'd remove dwc3-of-simple or dwc3.
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3-of-simple
[ 24.089679] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.089765] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.094856] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 24.098963] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.104522] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.111194] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 24.115086] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.120396] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.126503] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 24.130347] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 24.135948] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 24.142085] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3-of-simple module unloading
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Allow module unloading by fixing a mistake.
qcom_dwc3_phy_write_readback() is expecting (phy, offset, mask, value)
while the mistake was calling it with (phy, offset, value, mask)
The patch is swapping value and mask.
Without the patch unloading the dwc3 module was showing a
write to QSCRATCH failed and repeated module loading was
failing:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 19.167998] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.168084] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.173371] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 19.177134] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.182960] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.189023] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 19.192989] qcom-dwc3-usb-phy 110f8830.phy: write: 8000000 to QSCRATCH: 0 FAILED
[ 19.199064] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.205912] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.211611] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 19.215905] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 19.221751] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 19.227307] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
[ 19.231795] qcom-dwc3-usb-phy 100f8830.phy: write: 8000000 to QSCRATCH: 0 FAILED
root@LEDE:/# modprobe dwc3
[ 29.583343] phy phy-100f8830.phy.4: phy init failed --> -110
[ 29.583399] dwc3 10000000.dwc3: failed to initialize core
[ 29.588169] dwc3: probe of 10000000.dwc3 failed with error -110
[ 29.652943] phy phy-110f8830.phy.2: phy init failed --> -110
[ 29.652988] dwc3 11000000.dwc3: failed to initialize core
[ 29.657735] dwc3: probe of 11000000.dwc3 failed with error -110
root@LEDE:/#
With patch repeated module unloading and loading is working good:
root@LEDE:/# rmmod dwc3
[ 22.622214] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.622298] usb usb4: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.627401] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 4 deregistered
[ 22.631492] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.637054] usb usb3: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.643721] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: USB bus 3 deregistered
[ 22.647421] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.652910] usb usb2: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.659219] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 2 deregistered
[ 22.662768] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: remove, state 1
[ 22.668604] usb usb1: USB disconnect, device number 1
[ 22.674803] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: USB bus 1 deregistered
root@LEDE:/# modprobe dwc3
[ 25.404592] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.404694] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 1
[ 25.409444] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: hcc params 0x0228f065 hci version 0x100 quirks 0x00010010
[ 25.416589] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: irq 168, io mem 0x10000000
[ 25.426509] hub 1-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.431626] hub 1-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.435472] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.439206] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.0.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 2
[ 25.444573] usb usb2: We don't know the algorithms for LPM for this host, disabling LPM.
[ 25.452926] hub 2-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.460420] hub 2-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.525037] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.525099] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 3
[ 25.529750] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: hcc params 0x0228f065 hci version 0x100 quirks 0x00010010
[ 25.537002] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: irq 169, io mem 0x11000000
[ 25.546583] hub 3-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.551997] hub 3-0:1.0: 1 port detected
[ 25.555734] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: xHCI Host Controller
[ 25.559621] xhci-hcd xhci-hcd.1.auto: new USB bus registered, assigned bus number 4
[ 25.564942] usb usb4: We don't know the algorithms for LPM for this host, disabling LPM.
[ 25.573063] hub 4-0:1.0: USB hub found
[ 25.580842] hub 4-0:1.0: 1 port detected
root@LEDE:/#
Fixes: dwc3 module unloading
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Many (most?) devices can't boot raw kernel using tftp and probably none
allows flashing it. It's way more usable to have TRX with kernel
containing initrams as such an image can be actually flashed.
An exception are Buffalo devices which have recovery mode with support
for booting kernels over TFTP. For them keep building default images.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Makes use of the syscon tcsr and enables both USB ports. Cleans up
qcom-ipq8064.dtsi from previous attempts.
Fixes FS#497
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Current driver shows temp in full degrees while other apps await it
to be in millidegrees.
Initially the driver represents termal data in millidegrees but then
it gets divided by TSENS_FACTOR. So lets just set it to '1'.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
Deactivate all the ARM64 erratums by default. The target code should
activate them if needed. This fixes a problem with a new erratum added
in kernel 4.9.17 breaking brcm2708.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
This gets us in sync with dts from kernel 4.11. Two patches were already
backported earlier.
I decided to use 03x prefix as it's kind of similar to the 3xx prefix:
3xx - architecture specific patches
It isn't any documented or strict rule though. We don't need to stick to
it if we hit any problems.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
modify 0152-lantiq-VPE.patch from
commit e0229a16b0 ("lantiq: added support for VPE1")
- remove wdog function declarations from header (asm/vpe.h)
- remove wdog command line init functions (vpe.c)
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
- remove patched header (vpe.h) because kernel
already provides one (asm/vpe.h)
- remove module softdog_vpe since watchdog functionality is unused
- remove module softdog_vpe from Makefile
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
Even the commit message of the patch adding support for the MiWiFi Nano
says that a 16 MB flash chip is used. Extend the firmware partition to
make use of all available flash space.
Fixes: FS#622
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Netgear X4 R7500 comes with a QCA988X. Select a firmware that matches
the ath10k chipset
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reifferscheid <thomas@reifferscheid.org>
Commit 23dac14d058f ("MIPS: PCI: Use struct list_head lists") changed
the controller list from reverse to straight order. Use the last entry
in the controller list to get the fist conroller of the system.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Upstream commit 23dac14d058f ("MIPS: PCI: Use struct list_head lists")
changed the controller list from reverse to straight order without
taking care of the changed order for the scan of the recorded PCI
controllers.
Traverse the list in reverse order to restore the former behaviour.
This patches fixes the following PCI error on lantiq:
pci 0000:01:00.0: BAR 0: error updating (0x1c000004 != 0x000000)
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Right now all brcm2708 patches are extracted from the non-mainline
raspberrypi/linux git tree. Many of them are hacks and/or are unneeded
in LEDE. Raspberry Pi is getting better and better mainline support so
it would be nice to finally start maintaining patches in a cleaner way:
1) Backport patches accepted in upstream tree
2) Start using upstream drivers
3) Pick only these patches that are needed for more complete support
Handling above tasks requires grouping patches - ideally using the same
prefixes as generic ones. It means we should rename existing patches to
use some high prefix. This will allow e.g. use 0xx for backported code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Acked-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stijn Tintel <stijn@linux-ipv6.be>
P&W (full name: Shenzhen Progress&Win Technologies) R602N (could be also
labeled as R602F, R602, etc.) is a simple N300 router with 5-port
10/100 Mbps switch, non-detachable antennas and USB.
CPE505 is an outdoor CPE with PoE support and detachable antennas.
Both devices are based on Qualcomm/Atheros QCA9531 v2.
Common specification:
- 650/597/216 MHz (CPU/DDR/AHB)
- 64 MB of RAM (DDR2)
- 16 MB of FLASH
- UART (J2) header on PCB
R602N specification:
- 5x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet
- 1x USB 2.0
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external LNA and PA (SE2576L), up to 28 dBm
- 2x external, non-detachable antennas
- 7x LED, 1x button
CPE505N specification:
- 2x 10/100 Mbps Ethernet (both ports support passive PoE 12-24 V)
- 2T2R 2.4 GHz with external LNA and PA (SKY65174-21), up to 30 dBm
- 2x external, detachable antennas (RP-SMA connectors)
- 1x RGB LED, 2x LEDs (in RJ45 sockets), 1x button
Flash instructions:
It seems that there are many different versions of the firmware which
these devices are shipped with. The generic/standard one is based on
some modified OpenWrt and LEDE firmware can be flashed directly from
vendor's webgui or with sysupgrade (root password is "admin123").
Before flashing, make sure (use "fw_printenv") that the kernel load
address in your device is set to "0x9f050000" (bootcmd variable is
"bootm 0x9f050000"). If your device uses different load address, you
should first change it, under vendor's firmware, with command:
fw_setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm OLD_ADDRESS"
Where OLD_ADDRESS is previous kernel load address (in CPE505 version
I got access to, it was "0x9fe80000"). This will allow you to use
both the vendor's and LEDE firmware.
If version of your device contains empty U-Boot environment (you will
get information about this after issuing "fw_printenv"), you should
use U-Boot, serial line access and TFTP to perform firmware upgrade:
1. tftp 0x80060000 lede-ar71xx-generic-...-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
2. erase 0x9f050000 +$filesize
3. cp.b $fileaddr 0x9f050000 $filesize
4. setenv bootcmd "bootm 0x9f050000 || bootm OLD_ADDRESS"
5. saveenv && reset
These devices contain also web recovery mode inside U-Boot. It can be
started with pressing the reset button for around 3 seconds just after
the device powerup. Web recovery panel is available on "192.168.10.9"
and to be able to use it, IP on your PC must be set to "192.168.10.10".
Make sure to change kernel load address before using recovery mode or
the U-Boot will not be able to load LEDE firmware.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
This patch adds initial support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hAP ac
(RB962UiGS-5HacT2HnT).
All functions are supported except:
-SFP cage (eth1) is not working
-WLAN LEDs are not working
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
This patch adds support for the MikroTik RouterBOARD hAP ac lite
(RB952Ui-5ac2nD).
The hAP ac lite is nearly identical to the hAP, with an added QCA9887
5GHz radio. The 2.4GHz radio ID is also changed in the hAP ac lite.
Signed-off-by: Ryan Mounce <ryan@mounce.com.au>
v4.9 CM code has a few bugs on this HW. Disable the GCR register access
during boot. This caused a cpu stall.
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Pistachio target is a MIPS interaptiv based SoC developed by
Imagination Technologies. It includes blocks for i2c, spi, audio,
usb and WiFi.
This also adds the base support for the 'Creator Ci40 (marduk)'
device which uses the Pistachio SoC to create an IoT hub by
including Bluetooth, WiFi and 6lowpan on one board. Additionally 2x
Mikrobus ports are available to expand with further RF technologies
or add sensors. You can find out more here http://creatordev.io.
Note, this commit is just the initial board support hence the
following are not expected to work yet:
* WiFi
* Bluetooth
* 6lowpan
* Audio
* Mikrobus uarts, user leds (clock dependency of 6lowpan chip)
The aim of this commit is to essentially have the same level of
support that currently exists in the mainline kernel.
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Mahajani <Abhijit.Mahajani@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <francois.berder@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Mayank Sirotiya <Mayank.Sirotiya@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Kelly <Sean.Kelly@imgtec.com>
This adds kernel support for the Pistachio SoC and the Marduk (Ci40)
board which uses it.
Much of the code for Pistachio has been upstreamed however some
patches are still required to boot from the Marduk board:
* spi bug fixes
* dma bug fixes
* pistachio internal clock tree bug fixes
* spi-nand implementation
* dts based mtd device naming scheme
* dts backports and bug fixes
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Mahajani <Abhijit.Mahajani@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Francois Berder <francois.berder@imgtec.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Pozella <Ian.Pozella@imgtec.com>
This patch adds support for AVM FRITZ!Box 4040.
hardware highlights:
SOC: IPQ4018 / QCA Dakota
CPU: Quad-Core ARMv7 Processor rev 5 (v7l) Cortex-A7
DRAM: 256 MiB Nanya NT5CC128M16IP
FLASH: 32 MiB MXIC MX25L25635FMI
ETH: Qualcomm Atheros QCA8075 Gigabit Switch (4 x LAN, 1 x WAN)
USB: 1 x 3.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
1 x 2.0 (via Synopsys DesignWare DWC3 controller in the SoC)
WLAN1: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 2.4GHz 802.11bgn 2:2x2
WLAN2: Qualcomm Atheros QCA4018 5GHz 802.11a/n/ac 2:2x2
INPUT: one WLAN and one WPS button
LEDS: Power, WAN/Internet, WIFI, INFO (red and amber) and LAN.
Serial:
WARNING: The serial port needs a TTL/RS-232 v3.3 level converter!
The Serial setting is 115200-8-N-1. The SoC's serial port is right
next to the MXIC FLASH chip. The board has a unpopulated 1x4 0.1"
header for it. Use a multimeter to figure out the pinout!
This board currently needs an additional u-boot image in order to boot
properly. Booting with EVA isn't possible ATM.
Install Procedure:
0. It's highly recommended to connect to the serial port.
The serial settings are listed above.
1. install a u-boot image for AVM Fritz!Box 4040
(see <https://github.com/chunkeey/FritzBox-4040-UBOOT/releases> and
<https://github.com/chunkeey/FritzBox-4040-UBOOT/blob/master/upload-to-f4040.sh>)
2. upload the initramfs.itb image via tftp (u-boot listens to
192.168.1.1 - use binary transfer mode!)
3. connect to the FB4040 and use sysupgrade sysupgrade.bin
to install the image.
Works:
- Switch and Ethernet (99%)
- Buttons (WLAN, WPS)
- FLASH (1 x 32MiB NOR Chip)
- WLAN2G and WLAN5G
- CPUFREQ scaling
- PRNG
- serial
- Crypto Accelerator
- sysupgrade (Read the flash instructions to avoid bricking)
- full LEDE Install (Read the flash instructions to avoid bricking)
- LEDs (Power, WAN, Info (red and amber), LAN)
The LEDs are connected to the QCA8075 LED ports.
The AR40xx driver contains a gpio-controller to
handle these special "GPIOs".
- USB Both 3.0 and 2.0 ports
- many packages from other ARMv7 boards
(This does include the RaspberryPi Model 2!)
- ...
Not planned:
- WAN<->LAN short-cut
- Qualcomm Secure Execution Environment
- ...
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
This adds support for describing GPIO chips placed on PCIe cards. Thanks
to this we get working 2.4 GHz LED on Tenda AC9.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This is the standard way we handle this. Please note (it seems) I could
drop few symbols as they are hidden under (disabled) DRM_LEGACY now.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Add back support for the independent_clocks definition that has been
removed between kernel 4.4 and 4.9 by upstream commits
eb96924acddc709db58221c210ca05cd9effb1df and
e86eee6bc2aaa6b3637f6497b26beee09a91bde9
* extend the new cpufreq_dt_platform_data definition in cpufreq-dt.h
* revert the removal of its usage in cpufreq-dt.c
* use new cpufreq-dt.h in qcom-cpufreq.c
Signed-off-by: Hannu Nyman <hannu.nyman@iki.fi>
For IPQ806x targets, TZ protects the registers that are used to
configure the routing of interrupts to a target processor.
To resolve this, this patch uses scm call to route GPIO interrupts
to application processor. Also the scm call interface is changed.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
At the moment as a workaround definition for scm firmware in DT is used as if it is
apq8064 board. This leads to incomplete scm firmware initialization and as a result
cpuidle driver fails to configure.
By design unlike other qcom boards ipq do not use clocks to connect to scm.
Considering this we're removing from DT and scm driver clocks for ipq boards.
As a result cpuidle does not produce errors about failed configuration anymore.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Kubelun <be.dissent@gmail.com>
This fixes GIC interrupts (required before switching to 4.9), adds few
new entires & introduces DTS for Archer C5.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
This patch adds support for the Zbtlink ZBT-WE2026.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7620N (580MHz)
- RAM: 64 MiB
- Flash: 8 MiB SPI
- LAN: 4x100M
- WAN: 1x100M
Installation through bootloader webserver:
- With the power unplugged press and hold reset button.
- Plug power and hold reset button until LED starts to blink.
- Install sysupgrade image using web interface on 192.168.1.1.
Signed-off-by: Vaclav Svoboda <svoboda@neng.cz>
SMP state is generally affected by
- CONFIG_SMP build-time kernel configuration option and
- 'nosmp' runtime kernel commandline option
The SMP state within vpe-mt.c is determined by CONFIG_SMP option.
A runtime check is needed if VPE functionality
should be used with a kernel image that supports SMP.
This fix introduces a check for 'nosmp' command line option
if CONFIG_SMP kernel configuration option is enabled.
Note: This patch is needed to use lantiq FXS if CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP
(that activates CONFIG_SMP) is enabled within kernel configuration
and the 'nosmp' command line argument is given to disable SMP at runtime.
Without this patch CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP must be disabled before using FXS.
With this patch setting the 'nosmp' parameter is enough.
In general, concurrent usage of FXS and SMP
is incompatible and will cause kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
It is not needed for anything on the system and skipping this saves some
build time, especially in cases where there is nothing to do.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The problem is caused by the incorrect handling of the parent inode's
i_nlink count for the dentry to be RENAME_EXCHANGED. There are 3 cases
to consider. Assume we want to RENAME_EXCHANGE struct dentry *a and
struct dentry *b, and inode_a is pointed to by dentry_a, inode_b is
pointed to by dentry_b:
1. If inode_a is a directory, but inode_b isn't, then we must decrease
the i_nlink count of old_dir_i, and increase the i_nlink of new_dir_i.
2. If inode_a isn't a directory, but inode_b is a directory, then we
must increase the i_nlink of old_dir_i, and decrease the i_nlink count
of new_dir_i.
3. If the types of inode_a and inode_b are the same, we don't change the
i_nlink for either old_dir_i or new_dir_i.
Signed-off-by: Jing Qiu <aqiu0720@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Switch to the common LED related status_led_blink_* functions in
set_state() as it's done in most of other targets.
Also, use "status_led_on" instead of "status_led_set_heartbeat"
and incorrect "status_led_set_on" in the "done" state.
Moreover, remove outdated comment from the script.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
When the device name doesn't already contain "RouterBOARD", this patch adds
this string to the machine name.
Most NOR devices already have "RouterBOARD" in their hardware-stored device name,
but not all of them.
This patch also makes the code more robust against buffer overflows.
Signed-off-by: Thibaut VARENE <hacks@slashdirt.org>
This driver supports CPU-specific idle features on recent Intel
processors. It does not conflict with the ACPI idle driver and
that driver will continue to be used for unsupported and non-Intel
processors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
The x86_64 build already has the k10temp driver for AMD processors
built in, so this patch adds the coretemp driver for the same
functionality on Intel processors.
Signed-off-by: Michael Marley <michael@michaelmarley.com>
SMP state is generally affected by
- CONFIG_SMP build-time kernel configuration option and
- 'nosmp' runtime kernel commandline option
The SMP state within vpe-mt.c is determined by CONFIG_SMP option.
A runtime check is needed if VPE functionality
should be used with a kernel image that supports SMP.
This fix introduces a check for 'nosmp' command line option
if CONFIG_SMP kernel configuration option is enabled.
Note: This patch is needed to use lantiq FXS if CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP
(that activates CONFIG_SMP) is enabled within kernel configuration
and the 'nosmp' command line argument is given to disable SMP at runtime.
Without this patch CONFIG_MIPS_MT_SMP must be disabled before using FXS.
With this patch setting the 'nosmp' parameter is enough.
In general, concurrent usage of FXS and SMP
is incompatible and will cause kernel panics.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Koch <stefan.koch10@gmail.com>
The available amount of coherent DMA memory is very limited. On Linux
4.4 this issue was worked around by increasing the pool size.
It turns out that using coherent memory here is completely unnecessary.
This change reworks the driver code to use kzalloc+dma_map_single
instead.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Do not patch upstream files, overwrite them entirely. The upstream files
are buggy for a number of devices and this significantly simplifies the
patch structure
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
Signed-off-by: John Crispin <john@phrozen.org>
The Netgear WNDR4300, equipped with an Atheros AR8327 Gigabit Switch,
has two LEDs on each port for monitoring LAN activity, but it currently
only uses one. Fix the configuration to use both.
The patch provides this new configuration:
- green LED: 1 Gbps link, 4Hz blink frequency
- amber LED: 10/100 Mbps link. 4Hz for 100Mbps, 2Hz for 10Mbps
Signed-off-by: Daniel Gonzalez Cabanelas <dgcbueu@gmail.com>
At now there is no general rule about what part of (or whole) machine
name string should be used for board name assignment/detection and every
target handles this in a different way.
For most of the boards in ar71xx we already use only part of the string,
generally without the vendor name.
This shortens wildcards patterns in case statement for board name
assignment, wherever possible (e.g. where it won't be misleading).
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
Be consistent and always use double quotes for case statement patterns,
as in other targets. With this approach it should be less confusing for
users adding support for new devices.
Also, be consistent with MikroTik boards wildcard pattern.
Signed-off-by: Piotr Dymacz <pepe2k@gmail.com>
It's unused since commit 7427007193 ("x86: remove the olpc subtarget,
it has been unmaintained for a long time").
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
The MV88E6176 switch is present on the GW16083 and the GW5904
As of a5c32a1f19 these drivers are to be
enabled static in per-target kernels.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
If a 'fixfdt' uboot script exists, execute it prior to bootm to allow
easy bootloader env based fdt fixups and tweaks
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Fix a kernel crash caused when CONFIG_FIXED_PHY used for fixed phy drivers
in phy-add-aneg-done-function patch.
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <tharvey@gateworks.com>
Specifications:
* SoC: MT7620A
* RAM: 64 MB DDR
* Flash: 8MB NOR SPI flash
* WiFi: MT7612E (5Ghz) and builtin MT7620A (2.4GHz)
* LAN: 1x100M
The -factory images can be flashed from the device's web
interface or via nmrpflash.
Co-authored-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Paul Oranje <por@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Joseph C. Lehner <joseph.c.lehner@gmail.com>
This patch adds support for the Netgear R6220, aka Netgear AC1200 and
R6220-100NAS.
Specification:
- SoC: MediaTek MT7621ST (880 MHz)
- Falsh: 128 MiB (Macronix MX30LF1G08AA-TI)
- RAM: 128 MiB (Nanya NT5CB64M16FP-DH)
- Wireless: MediaTek MT7603EN b/g/n , MediaTek MT7612EN an+ac
- LAN speed: 10/100/1000
- LAN ports: 4
- WAN speed: 10/100/1000
- WAN ports: 1
- Serial baud rate of Bootloader and factory firmware: 57600
Installation through telnet:
- Copy kernel.bin and rootfs.bin to a USB flash disk, plug to usb port
on the router.
- Enable telnet with link: http://192.168.1.1/setup.cgi?todo=debug
(login if required, default: admin password)
- You will see "Debug Enabled!"
- Telnet 192.168.1.1 and login with "root"
- ls /mnt/shares/ to find out path of your USB disk. 'myUdisk' for
example.
- cd /mnt/shares/myUdisk
- mtd_write write rootfs.bin Rootfs
- mtd_write write kernel.bin Kernel
- reboot
nmrpflash can be used to recover to the netgear firmware if a broken
image was flashed.
Signed-off-by: Hanqing Wong <hquu@outlook.com>
The port is labeled as wan and was only used as lan port because of the
"tx ring full" issues fixed with 8f02f7c.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
Using the lantiq,wan device tree property for one interface node and
the lantiq,switch device tree property for another interface node at
the same time was never intended/isn't supported at the moment.
The property is meant to be used in two phy operation mode where one
phy is assigned to an interface without lantiq,* device tree property
and the other phy is assigned to an interface with the lantiq,wan
device property to have two netdevs.
If both properties are used at the same time, the lantiq,wan interface
is shown as independent netdev but not able to operate independent. The
port needs to be managed via swconfig. These dependency is not obvious
and fooled already a lot of users.
Add a default WAN vlan for xrx200 devices having an ethernet WAN port
and remove the lantiq,wan device tree property. Leave it up to the user
to set the ethernet WAN port as default WAN interface or to use this
port as additional LAN port.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The two phy operation mode where one phy is assigned to an interface
without lantiq,* device tree property and the other phy is assigned to
an interface with the lantiq,wan device property was broken with the
multicast package leaks between vlans fixes.
Move the multicast packages relevant portmap settings to the condition
which handles multicast packages for better readability.
Replace the priv->port_map based port_map only for the interface which
has the lantiq,switch device tree property set, to allow tagged
multicast packages in two phy mode where the lantiq,switch device tree
property isn't used.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
* The left most mini-PCIe slot (the one attached to SIM2) can be
power-cycled by setting GPIO 0 to high/low.
* The D240 only needs the MT76x2 module, so update makefile to reflect this.
Note that until the default mt7620 target is updated, then kmod-mt76 (and thus
kmod-mt7603) will be selected by default.
v2->v3:
* Indentation error.
v1->v2:
* Rename gpio and remove redundant comment (thanks Piotr Dymacz)
Signed-off-by: Kristian Evensen <kristian.evensen@gmail.com>
mtk-mmc/mtk_sd.ko only depends on mmc_core and mmc_block.
And, we remove kmod-sdhci dependence assignment from all related target devices.
Signed-off-by: Furong Xu <xfr@outlook.com>
Change dts file to add default sata trigger to sata led.
Backport upstream accepted patch to add sata trigger to device tree
source files already upstreamed.
Signed-off-by: Ansuel Smith <ansuelsmth@gmail.com>
[backport upstream accepted patch]
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kresin <dev@kresin.me>
The ASL56026 is a VDSL2 router with dual 100mbit ethernet,
also known as the ECI B-FOCuS V-2FUb/I.
CPU: Lantiq XRX268 v1.1 at 333MHz
Modem: Lantiq VRX208
RAM: 32MiB DDR2 at 167MHz
Flash: 8MiB NOR, Spansion S29GL064N90TF04
UART is at JP1:
Pin 1 TX
Pin 2 GND
Pin 3 +3.3V
Pin 4 NC
Pin 5 RX
Boot selection pins are exposed via several resistor jumpers:
boot_sel0 is at J15, on the rear of the board. Default is high.
boot_sel1 is at J3, next to the flash - it is also the flash CE# pin. Default is low.
boot_sel2 is at J12, directly below the SoC. Default is low.
boot_sel3 is at J16, on the rear of the board. Default is low.
The boot_sel pins should never be shorted, the jumper must be moved or
a lower value resistor used to change the pull (existing resistors are 4k7, 1k should work)
To install with the stock bootloader you must break the built in image selection process
which uses at least the following vars: f_upgrade_addr, f_upgrade2_addr, loadaddr, kernel_addr, activeregion, committedregion
This is done by setting loadaddr and both f_upgrade_addr vars to the same address:
VR9 # setenv loadaddr 0xB0040000
VR9 # setenv f_upgrade_addr 0xB0040000
VR9 # setenv f_upgrade2_addr 0xB0040000
VR9 # saveenv
Then flash the firmware image:
VR9 # tftpboot 0x81000000 lede-lantiq-xrx200-ASL56026-squashfs-sysupgrade.bin
VR9 # erase B0040000 +${filesize}
VR9 # cp.b 0x81000000 0xB0040000 ${filesize}
Signed-off-by: Alex Maclean <monkeh@monkeh.net>
This backports fixes for setting of_node and making it possible to read
extra info from DT. This was partially fixed by:
[PATCH] leds: leds-gpio: Set of_node for created LED devices
but it didn't work during initialization.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <rafal@milecki.pl>
Open-code usb_phy_generic_register instead of calling it, since it is
really trivial. Avoid pulling CONFIG_NOP_USB_XCEIV into the kernel
config and add a proper dependency instead
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@nbd.name>
The malta "be" and "le" subtargets share the arch with many devices of
ar71xx and ramips. They can be handy for testing, debugging, trying
both snapshot and release builds.
This commit makes the "be" subtarget part of the ci and release builds
Signed-off-by: Yousong Zhou <yszhou4tech@gmail.com>
As usual these patches were extracted and rebased from the raspberry pi repo:
https://github.com/raspberrypi/linux/tree/rpi-4.9.y
- Remove led1 from diag.sh for RPi3 since it causes boot issues.
- Fix modules.mk typos.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Bump kernel from 4.4.50 to 4.4.52
Refresh patches
Compile tested all 4.4. targets
Run tested: ar71xx Archer C7 v2
Signed-off-by: Kevin Darbyshire-Bryant <kevin@darbyshire-bryant.me.uk>
